excel catalog 2010

92
1 Energy Security and Climate Change R V SHAHI Mr. Shahi has written an extremely useful book on energy security. Having held important positions in the private and public sectors, he has a deep understanding of the problems of the energy sector both at the policy and operational levels. Infrastructure is a key factor in the development process. Within infrastructure, the energy sector occupies an important place. Shahi offers a number of suggestions for improving the energy availability in our country. The book is comprehensive in as much as it deals with every form of energy, conventional and non-conventional. Shahi is deeply committed to reform the power sector and shows how the reform agenda can be taken forward. For anyone wanting to understand the Indian energy scene, Shahi’s book is an invaluable guide. Dr. C Rangarajan, Chairman, Prime Minister’s Economic Advisory Council “Mr. Shahi’s book on Energy Security and Climate Change covers an extensive range of subjects that have major implications for the security of energy supply in India and the combined challenge of dealing with climate change both nationally and internationally. With his knowledge and experience, I am sure the book would provide useful information and knowledge for its readers.” R.K. Pachauri, Director General, The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI) & Chairman, Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) The book, Energy Security and Climate Change, by R.V. Shahi, is a fascinating review, a journal of the main issues concerning energy in India over the past two years. The reader will find facts, opinions of key players, and a synthesis of the author’s views on this essential issue. It is written in lively, direct language, allowing easy reading. It is particularly interesting for foreign readers because it allows the reader to understand India’s complexity. First, India must reconcile improvement of the material well-being of the poor which make up a large part of its population with a responsible attitude toward the environment. Second, India’s status as the world’s largest democracy, also poses a huge challenge of governance taking into account both federal policies and a variety of state policies. Because of the great interest of this book, it is to be hoped that the author will not stop here but will go on to cover further developments and address some issues not in the scope of this work, for example, the health effects of fossil fuel use, especially coal combustion, and decision-making on deployment of different power technologies—wind, solar, nuclear, coal with and without carbon capture and storage—when funding is the limiting factor. Dr C Pierre Zaleski, Executive Director, Centre of Geopolitics of Energy and Raw Materials, University Paris Dauphine R R GAUR R SANGAL G P BAGARIA general management A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics Presenting a universal approach to value education – through self-exploration 2009 / 736 Pages / HB / Rs. 695 ISBN: 978-81-7446-741-6 / 7 1/4 x9 1/2 This textbook, designed for a foundation course on Human Values and Professional Ethics, is an outcome of the long-drawn search, visualization and extensive experimentation by the authors and their colleagues towards evolving an effective and universally acceptable methodology for introducing value education in the present curricula of technical and other professional institutions. Thus, it is in response to a long-felt and urgent need to integrate value education with professional skills in the present-day education system. A unique methodology focusing on the right understanding of the human reality vis-à-vis rest of existence has been systematically presented. This involves the discovery of the inherent harmony and co-existence in the existence through self-exploration, forming the basis of universal human values and facilitating transformation towards a holistic world-view or the ‘human consciousness’. The book is presented in three main sections, namely: z Introduction to Value Education z Understanding the Harmony at various Levels z Implications of the Right Understanding in Life and Profession. Unlike the conventional treatment, the issues in Professional Ethics are analyzed in the context of right understanding with the main focus on the development of Ethical Competence in the individuals. The book concludes by proposing several salient steps to undertake the journey towards holistic and value-based living. SALIENT FEATURES: The unique features of this book are: z It presents a universal approach to value education by developing the right understanding of reality through the process of self-exploration. z The whole course is presented in the form of a dialogue, whereby a set of proposals about various aspects of the reality are presented and the students are encouraged to self-explore and self-verify these on the basis of their natural acceptance and experiential validation. z The prime focus throughout the book is towards affecting a qualitative change in the consciousness of the reader, a change in the world-view rather than on mere information transfer. z While introducing the alternative holistic world-view and its implications, a critical appraisal of the consequences of the prevailing world-view is also made to enable the students to discern the difference in their own right. z The style of presentation is kept simple and student-friendly with ample repetitions to bring home the core concepts. Each chapter ends with a summary and selective review questions to facilitate understanding. z A model course syllabus along with exercises and guidelines for practice sessions is given in the appendix and a glossary for key terms is also appended. A Teacher’s Manual for this course is also available. z This innovative book along with the Teacher’s Manual will go a long way in facilitating the introduction of value education inputs in the professional institutions, technical universities and other institutions of higher learning. 2009 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 175 ISBN: 978-81-7446-781-2 / 7 1/4 x9 1/2 Instructor Manual Available TEXTBOOK

Upload: simrankaur18

Post on 06-Apr-2015

664 views

Category:

Documents


5 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Excel Catalog 2010

1

Energy Securityand ClimateChangeR V SHAHI

Mr. Shahi has written an extremely useful book on energysecurity. Having held important positions in the private andpublic sectors, he has a deep understanding of the problems ofthe energy sector both at the policy and operational levels.Infrastructure is a key factor in the development process.Within infrastructure, the energy sector occupies an importantplace. Shahi offers a number of suggestions for improving theenergy availability in our country. The book is comprehensivein as much as it deals with every form of energy, conventionaland non-conventional. Shahi is deeply committed to reformthe power sector and shows how the reform agenda can betaken forward. For anyone wanting to understand the Indianenergy scene, Shahi’s book is an invaluable guide.

Dr. C Rangarajan, Chairman, Prime Minister’sEconomic Advisory Council

“Mr. Shahi’s book on Energy Security and Climate Changecovers an extensive range of subjects that have majorimplications for the security of energy supply in India andthe combined challenge of dealing with climate change bothnationally and internationally. With his knowledge andexperience, I am sure the book would provide usefulinformation and knowledge for its readers.”

R.K. Pachauri, Director General, The Energy andResources Institute (TERI) & Chairman,

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)

The book, Energy Security and Climate Change, by R.V.Shahi, is a fascinating review, a journal of the main issuesconcerning energy in India over the past two years. Thereader will find facts, opinions of key players, and a synthesisof the author’s views on this essential issue. It is written inlively, direct language, allowing easy reading. It is particularlyinteresting for foreign readers because it allows the reader tounderstand India’s complexity. First, India must reconcileimprovement of the material well-being of the poor whichmake up a large part of its population with a responsibleattitude toward the environment. Second, India’s status asthe world’s largest democracy, also poses a huge challenge ofgovernance taking into account both federal policies and avariety of state policies. Because of the great interest of thisbook, it is to be hoped that the author will not stop here butwill go on to cover further developments and address someissues not in the scope of this work, for example, the healtheffects of fossil fuel use, especially coal combustion, anddecision-making on deployment of different powertechnologies—wind, solar, nuclear, coal with and withoutcarbon capture and storage—when funding is the limitingfactor.

Dr C Pierre Zaleski, Executive Director, Centre ofGeopolitics of Energy and Raw Materials, University

Paris Dauphine

R R GAURR SANGALG P BAGARIA

generalmanagement

A Foundation Course inHuman Values and Professional EthicsPresenting a universal approach to valueeducation – through self-exploration

2009 / 736 Pages / HB / Rs. 695ISBN: 978-81-7446-741-6 / 71/4x91/2

This textbook, designed for a foundation course on Human Values and ProfessionalEthics, is an outcome of the long-drawn search, visualization and extensive experimentationby the authors and their colleagues towards evolving an effective and universally acceptablemethodology for introducing value education in the present curricula of technical andother professional institutions. Thus, it is in response to a long-felt and urgent need tointegrate value education with professional skills in the present-day education system. Aunique methodology focusing on the right understanding of the human reality vis-à-visrest of existence has been systematically presented. This involves the discovery of theinherent harmony and co-existence in the existence through self-exploration, formingthe basis of universal human values and facilitating transformation towards a holisticworld-view or the ‘human consciousness’. The book is presented in three main sections,namely:

Introduction to Value Education

Understanding the Harmony at various Levels

Implications of the Right Understanding in Life and Profession.

Unlike the conventional treatment, the issues in Professional Ethics are analyzed in thecontext of right understanding with the main focus on the development of EthicalCompetence in the individuals. The book concludes by proposing several salient steps toundertake the journey towards holistic and value-based living.

SALIENT FEATURES:The unique features of this book are:

It presents a universal approach to value education by developing the right understandingof reality through the process of self-exploration.The whole course is presented in the form of a dialogue, whereby a set of proposals aboutvarious aspects of the reality are presented and the students are encouraged to self-exploreand self-verify these on the basis of their natural acceptance and experiential validation.The prime focus throughout the book is towards affecting a qualitative change in theconsciousness of the reader, a change in the world-view rather than on mere informationtransfer.While introducing the alternative holistic world-view and its implications, a critical appraisalof the consequences of the prevailing world-view is also made to enable the students todiscern the difference in their own right.The style of presentation is kept simple and student-friendly with ample repetitions tobring home the core concepts. Each chapter ends with a summary and selective review questions to facilitate understanding.A model course syllabus along with exercises and guidelines for practice sessions is given inthe appendix and a glossary for key terms is also appended. A Teacher’s Manual for thiscourse is also available.This innovative book along with the Teacher’s Manual will go a long way in facilitatingthe introduction of value education inputs in the professional institutions, technicaluniversities and other institutions of higher learning.

2009 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 175ISBN: 978-81-7446-781-2 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

TEXTBOOK

Page 2: Excel Catalog 2010

2

generalmanagement

Core Sector Management forGlobal CompetitivenessEDITED BYKAMPAN MUKHERJEESANDEEP MONDALPRAMOD PATHAKCHANDAN BHARGOVIND SWAROOP PATHAK

This book is a collection of twenty nine edited articles resulting from thedeliberations during the two-day national seminar held at the Department ofManagement Studies, Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad, on 20th and 21stFebruary, 2009. The seminar was based on the topic of “Core SectorManagement for Global Competitiveness”. These research papers/articles havebeen contributed by the management experts, policy makers, professionalmanagers, and academicians addressing various core sector management issuesand challenges.

This compilation provides a clear understanding of how to continue streamliningcurrent operations, transforming the business processes and in some cases,changing organization cultures to meet the goals of improved service levelsand productivity. It has been hoped that the rich content of this edited volumewill be fruitfully used by the management professionals, researchers,academicians and students as an effective reference material to meet theirrequirements.2010 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 495ISBN: 978-81-7446-832-1 / 71/4x91/2

Restructuring PublicEnterprises inAndhra PradeshR K MISHRAK R S SASTRYLAKSHMI KUMARI

Challenges of 21st CenturyPE Boards in India

R K MISHRASHITAL JHUNJHUNWALAJ KIRANMAI

Board Dynamics in Public Enterprises: Challenges Ahead / TransformingNavaratna and Miniratna PE Boards: A Critical Analysis / Public EnterpriseBoards in India / Board of Directors – International Scenario / CorporateGovernance in Public Enterprises: A New Framework / Corporate Governanceand Public Enterprise Boards / Role of Chairmen and Managing Directorsin SLPEs: Discussion / Processed Data on PE Boards in 21st Century:Challenges Ahead / Government and Public Enterprises: The TopManagement and the Boards

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

The Institute of Public Enterprise, Hyderabad, has set up a Centre onCorporate Governance in Public Enterprises with the support of the NationalFoundation of Corporate Governance. The Centre is specializing on board-related issues in Corporate Governance in Public Enterprises. As a part of itsresearch activities, the Centre has undertaken research on various aspects ofthe functioning of the public enterprise boards. The present book shares thefindings of this research.

This book would prove to be useful to those specializing in CorporateGovernance, Corporate Management, Corporate Disclosure, Public EnterpriseManagement and Globalization.

2010 / 178 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-850-5 / 71/4x91/2

2010 / 188 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-7446-849-9 / 71/4x91/2

IPE in the Early YearsV V RAMANADHAM

This book elaborates the story ofthe Institute of Public Enterprise inits first decade. It commences withits establishment and traces itsdifficult but dedicated path of

2010 / 64 Pages / PB / Rs. 125ISBN: 978-81-7446-851-2 / 71/4x91/2

development. The rationale of an "early" story, such as this,springs from the figurative sentence that 'Child is the father ofman'. Therefore, it is important and at the same time essentialfor the present generation to know what the beginnings of thisinstitution were and how it persevered steadily while sticking toits objectives right through.

Dictionary ofManagementB NANDHAKUMAR

This Dictionary of Management hasbeen compiled and edited to includemost of the commonly used

management terms, which any management student is likely tocome across in his every day work. The entries cover virtually allbranches of management—personnel, training, production,marketing, financing, accounting, administration as well asindustrial relations, social and economic environment in whichmanagement operates. Considerable cross-referencingthroughout will help the user to explore inter-related subjectsin greater depth. Entries included in this Dictionary have beenwritten in a lucid style to provide both straightforward definitionsand invaluable background information.This Dictionary will be useful for undergraduate and postgraduatemanagement students, administrators, business managers, bankmanagers, engineers and journalists. This Dictionary would alsoprove to be an invaluable reference guide for the informed laymenwith a professional interest in the subject. This Dictionary willbe a useful and handy addition to any library to help the reader/student to locate, identify and expound day-to-day terminologyin its proper context.2010 / 430 Pages / PB / Rs. 300ISBN: 978-81-7446-854-3 / 51/2x81/2

Page 3: Excel Catalog 2010

3

GlobalisingPublicEnterprisesR K MISHRALAKSHMI KUMARIJ KIRANMAI

Public Enterprise in Kautilya’s Arthashastra:Relevance in the Present Context / PublicEnterprise Management: Extending Theory toPractice / Some Dimensions of Public EnterpriseResearch in India / Central Public SectorEnterprises Today / Public Enterprises in India:Problems and Prospects / FinancialAdministration of PEs / Financial Managementin Public Enterprises: Some Issues andConcerns / Methods of Privatization: TheIndian Case / Social Safety Net Programme inthe Central and the State Level PublicEnterprises: An Antidote to PrivatizationRetarding Regional Development in India /Performance Improvement after Privatization inIndian Public Sectors — A Panel Data Approach

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Under Special Employment Schemes in Andhra Pradesh

Skill Development Programmes

R K MISHRAK TRIVIKRAM

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Introduction / Special Employment Schemes : Past and Present / Special EmploymentSchemes—An Overview / Training Activity in the Selected Districts / Current Status ofEmployment of the Ex-trainees / To Train or not to Train / Skill Development Programmes: Some Suggestions / Special Employment Programme – East Godavari District / SpecialEmployment Programme in East Godavari District – An Overview / Organization ofTraining / Follow-up of the Trained Candidates and the Current Status of Employmentof the Ex-Trainees / Special Employment Programme – Cuddapah District / SpecialEmployment Programme in Cuddapah District – An Overview / Organization ofTraining / Special Employment Programmes – Khammam District / Special EmploymentProgramme in Khammam District – An Overview / Organization of Training /SETKHAM Records Training to Unemployed Candidates

generalmanagement

Globalisation is in India to stay. India's public sectoris the mainstay of its economy. Public enterprisesform core of the economy. They comprise navratnas,miniratnas, profit-making and financially unviableenterprises. The Government of India is activelyconsidering a proposal of upgrading some Navratnapublic enterprises as 'Maharatnas'. This is inconformity with the international innovations.

The present volume is an attempt to study thetransformation of India's public enterprises fromKautilya's period to the post-independence eraextending to the 11th plan period. The present daypublic enterprises in India are not only socially strongbut also economically viable and internationallycompetitive. However, in order to qualify as an entityand to be a part of the global economy, publicenterprises have undergone radical transformations.

The present volume incorporates the researchundertaken in this area and the lessons for publicenterprises for their continuous transformation tobe relevant forever. It is hoped that this volume willfill the void in respect of public enterprises' responseto globalization and will prove useful to policy-makers, researchers, practitioners of publicenterprises and international community, engagedin studying the dynamics of competitiveness of theIndian economy.

2010 / 204 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-7446-852-9 / 71/4x91/2

2010 / 164 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-853-6 / 71/4x91/2

Innovation and Adaptability

EDITED BYS S BHAKARV K PANDEY

The modern world is characterized by increasing complexity, uncertainty and change.Organizations are faced with increasing pressures to perform and compete at a globalscale. Today, the growth of an organisation depends not only on its products or servicesbut also on what it knows and how it innovates. The survival of modern businessesdepends on their capacity to innovate.

To accommodate new customer expectations, market conditions, or competitive challenges,adaptable processes are required to support an agile business model. Innovativeness is afunction of adaptability and adaptability is a function of technology, market and organization.Contributing to the development of new technologies, understanding the subtle changestaking place in the market and aligning the organizational structure and strategies to thesechanges will ensure that the organizations remain competitive forever and grow.

Talented work force is an organization’s greatest asset. Companies can take a number ofdifferent steps to ensure they are being as adaptive as they need to be to grow successfully.There is a need to learn how to build organizations that are as dynamic as change itself tomobilize the imagination of every employee.

This book is a compilation of the research papers contributed by a team of academiciansand researchers. It has fifty seven chapters classified into five parts: Finance, Marketing,Human Resource Management, Information Technology Applications and GeneralManagement. The research papers, included in this book, throw sufficient light on theinterplay of innovation and adaptability on the most desired organizational objective—‘sustained growth’.

Twin Engines of Sustained Growth

2010 / 692 Pages / PB / Rs. 895ISBN: 978-81-7446-833-8 / 71/4x91/2

Page 4: Excel Catalog 2010

4

SANJIV TYAGI

The Environment is Calling / Reiterating the Principles of Environment / Air– The Ambiance / Water – An Omen of Future / Revering our Soil / TheMysterious Marine World / The New Green Thinking / Evolving Clean andGreen Processes / Clean Technologies – Opt for Apt / Inculcating GreenPractices / Towards Green Life

generalmanagement

From Gray to Greennew thoughts on environment

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Managing CorporateResponsibility andRisk for SynergisingBusiness Practicesto AchieveOrganizationalExcellence

Status of CorporateSocial ResponsibilityEDITED BYI S SINGH

Corporate social responsibility means “social business viabilitystrategy”. Society and community, at large, pay heavy price forexistence and growth of business. Therefore, business mustreturn the cost for acceptance from society by making well-planned, deliberate, social and economic investment towardssocial cost. The concept of CSR acts as a linkage betweencorporate and social sectors. Nowadays, a good number ofbusiness houses are taking interest not only in the welfare ofits employees and their families but also society, at large.Adopting environment friendly technology, provision ofdrinking water, primary education, health facilities are a fewof the initiatives taken by them.

This book is the product of an International Seminar organisedon the topic of “Status of Corporate Social Responsibility’” atMahatma Gandhi Labour Institute, Ahmedabad. The seminarwas designed to provide a platform, where the issues ofCorporate Social Responsibility could be discussed andcritically examined. The presentations were based on opinionsand viewpoints coupled with a number of anecdotes and casestudies in work situation, which could help explain the concept,practices and importance of corporate social responsibility.

This book could be of immense help to the academicians,managers, trade union leaders, policy makers and the studentswho are associated with and interested in corporate socialresponsibility in our country.

EDITORSRAJENDRA JAINNEHA LAKHOTIA

2010 / 516 Pages / PB / Rs. 695ISBN: 978-81-7446-819-2 / 71/4x91/2

2010 / 156 Pages / PB / Rs. 395ISBN: 978-81-7446-837-6 / 71/4x91/2

Public PolicyContemporary Issues

EDITED BYMAJ. GEN. D N KHURANA, AVSM (RETD.)

It is indeed laudable that we have this forum at the Centre for Public Policy and from thesediscussions hopefully we are going to influence the key stakeholders or the opinion leaders.

Mr Dwarkanath, Group Head, HR, Max HealthcareI am very glad that the Centre for Public Policy is taking up such current issues now andtrying to bring back to the fore, the issues and the values that we should have addressed 50,60 years ago.

Mrs Navrekha Sharma, Former Indian Ambassador to IndonesiaIn its Round Table discussions, the Centre for Public Policy had focussed on gender budgetingand also issues relating to the gender equality in India and policies required for it. Mostcertainly, it is not merely empowerment of women, by women and for women; it is anational goal that the Centre is pursuing.

Dr Vasantha Bharucha, Former Economic Adviser, Ministry of Commerce, GOII appreciate the fact that the Centre for Public Policy takes up very contemporary topics. Thepresence of a large number of youngsters at these discussions is particularly welcome sincethey are the one to whom we are going to handover our problems.

Ms Mythili Bhusnurmath, Consulting Editor, Economic Times

2010 / 164 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-830-7 / 61/4x91/2

2009 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 395ISBN: 978-81-7446-780-5 / 51/2x81/2

This book is one of its kinds on environment, in thesense that it touches upon and highlights the modernthinking on environment while incorporating thetraditional concepts. The book harps on the basicprinciples of environment management. It, therefore,

reiterates the time tested environment principles. Air pollution has been themost prevalent of all forms of pollution worldwide. The book discusses in detailabout indoor air problems, unpleasant odour and deafening noise. The treatmentof domestic sewage for improving the environment and health of the people andpurification of our river systems by managing our effluents and waste waterproperly is mainly emphasized upon. The overall emphasis in water managementis on restoring its wholesomeness.

The book also talks about having the natural ecological systems viz. the forestsas well as the industrial ecology for better utilization of waste. The problems likeglobal warming are more due to highly consumptive lifestyle rather than higherlevel of production leading to emissions. It lays emphasis in not only bringingabout changes in lifestyle but also supporting the green production and greenpractices.

Page 5: Excel Catalog 2010

5

Business Ethicsand CorporateGovernanceS PRABAKARAN, Professor,Alliance Business Academy,Bangalore

Nature and Scope of Business Ethics / History of theDevelopment and Utility of Business Ethics / Basics ofBusiness Ethics / Theories of Business Ethics / EthicalDecision-making / Professional Ethics / CorporateGovernance / Ethical Leadership / Corporate SocialResponsibility / Personal Ethics / Marketing Ethics / Ethicsin Human Resource Management / Technology Ethics /The Role of Corporate Culture in Business Ethics /Environmental Ethics / Ethical Aspects of FinancialManagement / International Business Ethics (EthicalPrinciples Governing Global Business) Ethics Training

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 978-81-7446-782-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Innovate,Restructure,Reorganize

AIMA

Challenges for India Inc.

Robert Bosch Engineering and Business Solutions (India)Limited / Tata Consultancy Services Limited / BharatHeavy Electricals Limited / Bosch Limited, Bangalore /Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited / A.T.E.Enterprises Private Limited / Larsen & Toubro Limited /Tata Steel Limited

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 176 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-8323-037-7 / 61/4x91/2

generalmanagement

Innovate, Restructure, Reorganize

AIMA

Challenges for India Inc.

This collection includes papers by:International Management Institute / G L Balaji Institute ofManagement and Research / Xavier Institute of Management

and Entrepreneurship (XIME) / SAINT GITS Institute of Management, Kottayam /Welingkar Institute of Management, Development & Research / Symbiosis Institute ofInternational Business St. Xavier's College / Indian Institute of Social Welfare and BusinessManagement2009 / 118 Pages / PB / Rs. 240ISBN: 978-81-8323-036-0 / 61/4x91/2

Entrepreneurship and NewVenture CreationA SAHAY, Professor, Management Development Institute,Gurgaon

V SHARMA, Adjunct faculty, Management DevelopmentInstitute, Gurgaon and Faculty of Management Studies,University of Delhi

This book has come out very timely. With the changing external economic environment, it isthe entrepreneurs who will give fillip to development. The book has provided tools andtechniques to become an entrepreneur in the 21st century. I am sure it will be very useful forthe students of entrepreneurship and to both the aspiring as well as existing entrepreneurs. - Dinesh Rai, Secretary to Govt. of India, Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises

Entrepreneurship: An Overview / Entrepreneurial Environment and Characteristics/ WTO, Intellectual Property Rights and Entrepreneurial Opportunity /Opportunity Sensing and Idea Generation / Incubation and Innovation / EmergingBusinesses / Types of Business and Development of Business Plan / AngelInvestor and Venture Capital / External Resource Generation / Product/Serviceand Market Development / Business Plan Evaluation / Profiles of LivingEntrepreneurs / Appendices

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 470 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 978-81-7446-607-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Concepts, Applications and SkillsRAJ KUMAR

This book provides a comprehensive coverage on the subjectof business ethics. Starting with the nature, history,development and utility of business ethics, the bookelaborates the relevance of ethics in human resourcemanagement and insights about ethical leadership andprofessional and personal ethics. Apart from this, the bookbrings forward the topics of corporate governance, corporatesocial responsibility, technology and environmental ethicsand international business ethics as pertinent to the modernday organizations.

An important feature of the book is that it includes somebrilliant cases to help the students analyze and grasp therealities of life. Also, most of the chapters start with anopening case and end with a discussion case to make thereading more interesting. The book will immensely help thestudents to understand the relevance of business ethics inmodern context.

Basic Business Communication

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Part 1: Concepts of Communication / Introduction of Business Communication/ Fundamentals of Business Communications -Nature & Process / Barriers andGateways of Communication / Conditions for Effective Communication /Organizational Communication / Part 2: Forms of Business Communication /Written Business Communication / Business Letters & Memos / Report Writing/ Oral Communication / Non-Verbal Communication / Modern Tools of BusinessCommunication-IT, Internet, and E-Commerce / Part 3: Skills / Public Speaking& Presentation Skills / Negotiation Skills / Resumes / Interview Skills / GroupDiscussions / Reading and Listening Skills / Business Etiquette / Part 4: Relationship& Cases / Feedback and Counseling Skills / Ethics and Business Communication/ Legal Aspects of Business Communication / Changing Paradigms of BusinessCommunication / Case Study Approach and Business Cases

Page 6: Excel Catalog 2010

6

generalmanagement

Entrepreneurship and InnovationManagement

R GOPALPRADIP MANJREKAR

An Industry Perspective

Entrepreneurship is the central ingredient in economic growth of acountry. It serves as a vehicle for the commercial introduction of

2009 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 495ISBN: 978-81-7446-787-4 / 71/4x91/2

Management andBehavioural ProcessesB JANAKIRAMVIJAY N RAO

Management and Behavioural Processes arethe basic principles which take different formswhen applied to areas like Finance, Marketingor Human Resource. Management processesare sine qua non for any organization, not onlyfor its survival but also for its growth.

This book provides a comprehensive coverageof the subjects Principles of Management andOrganizational Behaviour. Starting with thehistory of development of managementthought, the book elaborates the differentfunctions of management and providesinsights about the characteristics needed forthe 21st century manager. In theOrganizational Behaviour area, it coversimportant topics like Individual Behaviour,Personality, Conflict Management, EmotionalIntelligence, Stress Management, etc., bringingrelevance to modern day managers.

An important feature of this book is that itincludes Indian case-lets for enabling thestudents to analyse and grasp the practicalside of management. A Good number of figuresare incorporated in the book to supplementthe theories which will facilitate the readersto understand the concepts easily. End-of-chapter questions will help students toreinforce their conceptual understanding ofthe subject. Solved Model paper will orientthe students to understand what is expectedof them in the examinations and will pave theway for their good academic performance. Thisbook will immensely help the students tounderstand and internalize the modernmanagement concepts.

Management / Planning / Organizing /Directing and Leading / Controlling /Organizational Behaviour / IndividualBehaviour / Behaviour in theOrganization

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 286 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 978-81-7446-804-8 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Change and Knowledge ManagementR L NANDESHWARBALAKRISHNA JAYASIMHA

second edition

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

This book describes the theory and practice of ‘Change andKnowledge Management’. Good theory helps to grasp what is goingon in the world around. It helps to ask the right questions whentimes change and new problems need to be analyzed. It also tells

2010 / 288 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 978-81-7446-816-1 / 71/4x91/2

TEXTBOOK

which things one need not to worry about. This book explains how students can use the theoryto solve practical problems. Much of this book is concerned with understanding what Changeagents do and why.

This is the second edition of the book ‘Change and Knowledge Management’ and this newedition is more comprehensive and authoritative. New topics have been added and introducedin logical orders to make the text modular. Current trends in Organizations have been emphasizedthroughout the book. Behavioral issues have been drawn to explain what companies and theirmanagers do in practice.

This book will cater to the demands of the students, instructors and the industry at large. It canbe used extensively as a reference book and guide for the practicing managers around the world.

SECTION A: CHANGE MANAGEMENT / Change / Personal Change / OrganizationalChange / Organizational Culture and Change / Creativity and Innovation / Case Studies /SECTION B: KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT / Introduction to Knowledge Management/ Essentials of Knowledge Management / Knowledge Management System Life Cycle / FuturisticKnowledge Management

Instructor Manual Available

new goods and services as well as opening of new markets to innovations. Entrepreneurs are theones who make economic gains from innovative ideas and creative marketing efforts.

Indian economy faces many challenges in the context of globalisation, intense competition,rapid product obsolescence, technological development and increasing pace of innovation.Rapid growth has been seen in entrepreneurship due to the influx of small industries and thegrowth of technologies like Information Technology and Biotech and new enterprises like BPOsand KPOs, R&D Centres, etc. Entrepreneurial environment including educational levels oflocal population, industry concentration and regional income growth play a significant role inentrepreneurship development.

This book is a compilation of papers drawn from the pool of papers presented in the 1st & 2ndInternational Research Conference on Entrepreneurship held in November, 2007 & November,2008, respectively, in association with Maharashtra Centre for Entrepreneurship Development(MCED) & National Entrepreneurship Network (NEN). This book will provide a good platformfor dissemination of additional knowledge generated in this field for economic growth andhigher productivity.

Page 7: Excel Catalog 2010

7

Management & EntrepreneurshipB JANAKIRAMB JANAKIRAMB JANAKIRAMB JANAKIRAMB JANAKIRAM

Management and Entrepreneurship are the basic principlesnecessary for the foundation of any commercial success.They take different forms when applied to areas like Finance,

PART-A: MANAGEMENT / Management / Planning / Organizing and Staffing /Directing and Controlling / PART-B: ENTREPRENEURSHIP / Entrepreneurship/Small Scale Industry / Institutional Support / Preparation of Project

TEXTBOOK

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 262 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 978-81-7446-790-4 / 71/4x91/2

Effective CallCenter Trainingsoft skills

CONTENTS INCLUDE:The history of the industry/Opportunities andchallenges in India/How a call center functions/Howto handle a telemarketing call/How to satisfy differenttypes of customers/The nuances of American English/How to overcome communication barriers/How tobuild a successful team/Customer relationshipmanagement/Web-based customer support/Windows Explorer/Outlook Express/MS-Word/MS-Excel and/MS-PowerPoint

2001 / 220 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 81-7446-255-4 / 71/4x91/2

ManagementScience

R SELVARAJ

Decision ModelingApproach

Management Science is related with various scientificresearch-based principles, strategies and analyticalmethods including mathematical modeling, statisticsand numerical algorithms to improve an organization’sability to enact rational and meaningful managementdecisions.

This book is prepared with the intention of creatinginterest in management science in the minds of studentsand to make the subject comprehensible. It provides athorough and application-oriented coverage of thetopic in a very lucid manner. This book has beendesigned to meet the requirements of the students ofBE, MBA & MCA courses of various Indianuniversities.

Operations Research / Overview of the OperationsResearch Modeling Approach / Solving LinearProgramming Problems: The Simplex Method /Transportation Model / Assignment Problem /Queuing Theory / Inventory Control / Game Theory/Network Analysis (PERT and CPM) / SequencingProblems

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2010 / 398 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-7446-717-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Managing in the New World Order

EDITED BYYOGESHWARI PHATAKAJIT UPADHYAYADEEPAK JAROLIYA

Strategies for Sustainable Business Development

In the aftermath of the two World Wars, to maintain a balance of power as well as toregularize cooperation between nations, a dramatic change in the world political thoughtwas witnessed that led to the creation of international organizations such as UN,NATO, etc. With the advent of the new world, new challenges have come into play.These challenges focus on sustaining a business and pursuing it further to the state ofconstant excellence. Thus, it becomes imperative to create a different approach tomanagement so as to apply various strategies to business for growth and development.

The present book details some of these issues. It consists of 60 insightful papers drawnfrom a pool of 160 papers received for the conference. The chapters have been classifiedinto four sections namely Finance, Human Resource Management, InformationTechnology and Marketing. This book not only looks into the challenges faced in thenew world order but also addresses issues like green marketing, rural markets andconsumers, women empowerment and other areas that compel the businessorganizations to take an entirely new look at some ongoing and emerging issues.

The book is an attempt to provide a pool of updated knowledge on varied themes foracademicians, consultants, research scholars, practitioners and students.2010 / 544 Pages / PB / Rs. 725ISBN: 978-81-7446-815-4 / 71/4x91/2

Marketing or Human Resource.This book provides a comprehensive coverage of the subjects—Principles of Managementand Entrepreneurship. Starting with the history of development of management thought,the book elaborates the different functions of management. In the Entrepreneurshiparea, it covers important topics like characteristics of entrepreneur, SSI, Globalization,Institutional support for entrepreneurship and guidelines for preparation of the projectreport.

An important feature of this book is that it includes good number of figures to supplementthe theories which will facilitate the readers to understand the concepts easily. End-of-chapter questions will help students to reinforce their conceptual understanding of thesubject. Solved Model paper will orient the students to understand what is expectedfrom them in the examinations and will pave the way for their good academicperformance.

generalmanagement

Page 8: Excel Catalog 2010

8

generalmanagement

Creating Lasting ValueAIMA

The 36th National Management Convention was organized by AIMAin association with Madras Management Association at Chennai. Thepresentations at the Convention dealt with various aspects of the themein imaginative and innovative ways, around the following heads:

Patient Care Servicesand Hospitals

S PORKODI, Director, Ishan Instituteof Management and Technology,Greater Noida

Over the last few years, health sector has become a booming arena.There has been a constant urge to gain more knowledge on patientcare services. This book covers all the aspects of core services in thehospitals.

The book consists of four chapters. The first chapter is about thebasics of patient care services and the classification of hospitals. Thesecond chapter explains the functions and functional areas of coreservices in hospitals such as front office services, outpatient services,inpatient services and ward services, accident and emergency services,operation theatre, intensive care units, lab services, radiology andimaging services, rehabilitation services, blood bank services, nursingservices, hospital acquired infections & CSSD and billing services.The third chapter covers quality management, quality assurance aspects,ISO-9000, TQM & CQI and quality accreditations. The fourthchapter describes some of the modern developments in the field ofpatient care services.

A number of diagrams, models and cases have been incorporated fromdifferent sources, like journals, magazines and books to give addedvalue to the text and also to make the readers more comfortable inreading and understanding the concept in simple language. Each chapteris supported by the list of books, journals and websites used as areference along with relevant questions and few case studies to makethe concepts crystal clear.

The book will serve as a tool for the students as well as health careprofessionals to manage and understand the various dimensions ofpatient care services in a better way.

Introduction about Patient Care Services and Hospitals / FunctionalAreas and Functions of Hospitals / Quality Management Concepts/ Modern Developments in Patient Care

Hospital SupportiveServicesSANGEETHA NATARAJAN

Introduction to Supportive Services / Forms of Supportive Services /Hospital Services-Engineering and Maintenance / Hospital SecurityServices

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2010 / 188 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 978-81-7446-805-5 / 61/4x91/2

2010 / 306 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 978-81-7446-808-6 / 71/4x91/2

Towards Customer Leadership / Towards Cost Competitiveness / ValueCreation through People Power / Leading through Innovation

This volume comprises the proceedings of the Convention and presentsfor the review of the readers the likely challenges to build and sustaincompetitive advantage in the globalised industry of the contemporaryage, and the possible solutions to those challenges.

2009 / 220 Pages / PB / Rs. 450ISBN: 978-81-8323-038-4 / 61/4x91/2

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

Hospital supportive services refer to numerous services provided byhospitals to the patients and their families. This book attempts toexplain in a simple language what are the supportive services that ahospital can provide and how well it can be managed by a HospitalAdministrator.

Relevant diagrams have been added from different websites to facilitateeasy understanding for the students and to add value to the text. At theend of the chapters, detailed reference list of books, journals, websites,from which articles, papers and related texts are referred and fromwhich the concepts are added to the text, have been provided, alongwith the Questions and relative case studies to strengthen the contextfor students. This book would prove to be useful for the students as wellas the faculty connected with Hospital Administration subjects especiallySupportive Services.

Management Gurus

2008 / 206 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-625-9 / 61/4x91/2

P JAYARAMAN

Page 9: Excel Catalog 2010

9

D GEETA RANIR K MISHRA

Theory and Practice

2009 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-683-9 / 71/4x91/2

An Introduction to Corporate Governance / Corporate Governance: Theoriesand Model / Corporate Governance: Committees and Reports / CorporateGovernance: The Indian Backdrop / Corporate Governance: InternationalPerspectives

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

This book offers an incisive analysis of the seriesand models of Corporate Governance. It providesan overview of the seminal reports on major issues

Corporate Governance

Towards BetterCorporate Governance-

ARUN KUMAR RATH

Independent Directorsin the Boardroom

Introduction / Corporate Governance – A Theoretical Backdrop/ Corporate Failures and Governance Reforms / CorporateGovernance Practices / Board Independence / Blue ChipCompanies of the Indian Public Sector – The GovernanceIssues / Rationale, Objective and Design of the Study /Qualification, Selection and Training of Independent Directors/ Contributions of Independent Directors to Board Functions/ Strategic Planning, Corporate Ethics and Social Responsibility– Role of Independent Directors / Autonomy of the Board andIndependence of Independent Directors / The Road Ahead

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

in corporate governance in India and abroad. It provides an exhaustivebackdrop in India with regard to the public and private sector enterprises inIndia. Apart from the Indian experience, the work also incorporates someinternational perspectives of corporate governance through select case studies.

The book would be of interest to the corporate leaders, regulators, publicpolicy makers, researchers, scholars connected to comparative studies on thefunctioning of modern corporations as well as participants of postgraduateprogrammes in economics, business management, political science, publicadministration and other areas.

“Eminently readable and informative work. ... Dr. Rath's enormousscholarship, erudition and experience have enriched this study which isdevoted to, perhaps, the most relevant issue in corporate governance,namely, the assessment of the rhetoric and reality of the concept ofIndependent Directors. ... Dr Rath's book in the ultimate analysis isabout the 'Bow with the Great Tension' needed in the world of corporateaffairs today. Could the Independent Directors grow up in a hurry? Onemust read Dr Rath to find the answers.”

Justice M N Venkatachaliah

“Dr A K Rath's seminal work on the role of Independent Directors inpublic enterprises unfolds new vistas in corporate governance in India. Itanalyses in depth the roles and responsibilities of Independent Directorsand could be considered as India's contribution to the field of knowledgeon corporate governance.”

Dr R K MishraDirector, Institute of Public Enterprises, Hyderabad

“I wholeheartedly endorse ‘Towards Better Corporate Governance:Independent Directors in the Boardroom’ by Dr Arun Kumar Rath, as itunderscores the importance of corporate governance and probity at thisjuncture of global economic turmoil. Dr Rath's painstaking endeavour inre-orienting our gaze upon the crucial role that the country's public sectorenterprises have to play in sustaining and enhancing corporate governanceis indeed commendable.”

S K Roongta,Chairman, Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL)

“This pioneering work has explored an emerging area of CorporateGovernance and the role of Independent Directors in an era when oneafter another corporate bodies are getting demolished. This important andvery relevant book based on the analysis of primary data by scientificmethods must be read by policymakers, researchers, managementconsultants, students of management and business leaders. I mustcongratulate the author for articulating such an insight of the subject in avery lucid language.”

Dr Dilip K BandyopadhyayVice Chancellor, Guru Gobind Singh I P University, New Delhi

TEXTBOOK2009 / 240 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-7446-779-9/ 61/4x91/2

generalmanagement

Management

V S P RAO, Sri Venkateshwara College,Delhi UniversityV HARI KRISHNA

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

text and cases

Nature of Management/Managerial Roles, Functions and Skills/Development of Management Thought/Coordination/Planning andForecasting/Objectives and MBO/Types of Plans/Corporate Planning andEnvironmental Analysis/Strategic Planning and Management/Decision-Making Creativity and MIS/Fundamentals of Organising/Departmentationand Structural Formats/Span of Management/Authority, Power and Politics/Delegation of Authority/Centralisation and Decentralisation/Line and StaffRelationships/Fundamentals of Staffing/Attracting and Developing HumanResources/Appraising and Maintaining Human Resources/Direction andSupervision/Motivation, Morale and Productivity/Job Design, JobEnrichment and Empowerment/Leadership/Communication/Nature andProcess of Controlling/Techniques of Controlling/Individual Behaviour/Group Behaviour and Team Building/Management of Change/ConflictManagement and Job Stress/Ethics, Values and Social Responsibilities

2002 / 966 Pages / PB / Rs. 320ISBN: 81-7446-317-8 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

The book abounds in meritorious features (such as tables, charts, illustrations,skill building exercises, cases, games, incidents) which set it apart from otherbooks on management. The book is primarily meant for students pursuingadvanced courses in management such as MBA, PGDBA, M.Com, IAS, B.Com(Hons) and BBA.

TEXTBOOK

Page 10: Excel Catalog 2010

10

generalmanagement

Environmental StudiesN K UBEROI

A Hindi edition of the book is also available.

TEXTBOOK

2005 / 202 Pages / HB / Rs. 100ISBN: 81-7446-440-9 / 71/4x91/2

EntrepreneurialClimatean assorted coverage

LAKSHMAN PRASADSUBHASISH DAS

Entrepreneurship: A Perspective / Attributes of Entrepreneurs: AnInsight / Education in Entrepreneurship, Training, StrategicSupports and Opportunities to Entrepreneurs / WomenEntrepreneurship: An Overview / Augmenting Entrepreneurshipin India / Technology Dissemination to Entrepreneurs in Jharkhand:A Case Study of High Efficiency Multi-fuel Stove / EnvironmentalEntrepreneurship: A Case Study of Maruti Clean Coal and PowerLtd., in Chhattisgarh / State Level Entrepreneurship DevelopmentScenario during the Years 1996/2002: A Case Study of Bihar

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 128 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 978-81-7446-645-7 / 51/2x81/2

Multidisciplinary Approach and Important Fundamentals / NaturalResources / Ecosystem / Biodiversity and its Conservation /Environmental Pollution / Social Issues and the Environment /Human Population and Environment

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

EntrepreneurshipManagement

BHOLANATH DUTTA

text and cases

This book strives to raise the level of academic work in the field ofentrepreneurship. It provides an in-depth understanding of the keyvariables that play a significant role at various stages of the innovationprocess, leading to successful commercialisation of products and services.

The main focus of the book is on theory, research and practice in thefield of innovation, management and entrepreneurship. The role of theentrepreneur is addressed as an innovator who recognises opportunitiesand converts them into marketable products and services throughpersonal commitment, financial resources and management skills; takingrisk at different levels. The author has selected a variety of chaptersfocusing on a wide range of topics including personal ethics, familybusiness, project planning, e-entrepreneurs, marketing plan,international entrepreneurship opportunities, venture capital, etc.

Introduction: Entrepreneurship / Creativity, Innovation andEntrepreneurship / Personal Ethics and the Entrepreneur / Theoriesof Entrepreneurship / Development of New Products and Processes/ Project Planning and Feasibility Studies / Small Scale Enterprises/ Family Business / Starting a Small Business / The Business Plan/ Institutional Assistance to Small-scale Enterprises / Venture Capital/ International Entrepreneurship Opportunities / Managing Growth/ Buying an Existing Business / Budgeting and Control / ProductionPlanning and Control / Marketing Plan / Organisational Planning/ Human Resource Management / Motivating and SatisfyingEmployees / Funding the Enterprise—Sources of Capital / FinancialStatements and Record Keeping / Financial Management /Understanding the Management Process / e-Entrepreneurs / QualityManagement / Entrepreneurial Organisation Strategies / MarketingResearch

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2009 / 472 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-740-9 / 71/4x91/2

Foundations of Ethics inManagementBANI P BANERJEE, National Institute ofHuman Development, Kolkata

“This inspiring book is sure to be a useful guidefor students and practitioners of management,for taking ethically correct decisions.”

- HRD News Letter

2005 / 194 Pages / PB / Rs. 150ISBN: 81-7446-436-0 / 51/2x81/2

Managing Diversity

AIMA

The Challenges for India Inc.

2009 / 114 Pages / PB / Rs. 240ISBN: 978-81-8323-035-3 / 61/4x91/2

This book includes papers by:

MET, Mumbai / AICAR, Mumbai / BIMTECH, Delhi / IMT,Ghaziabad / SDM Institute of Management & Development,Coimbatore / Xavier Institute of Management, Coimbatore / IBS,Kolkata / IISWBM, Kolkata

Page 11: Excel Catalog 2010

11

Business and FinanceVocabularyR N KOTHARI

2008 / 590 Pages / PB / Rs. 600ISBN: 978-81-7446-624-2 / 71/4x91/2

The present book covers more than 12,000 terms,commonly used in the business and financialtransactions. It also incorporates terminology ofAdvertising, Insurance, Investment, Stock Exchange

Emerging Issues inManagementResearchEDITED BYP DAVID JAWAHAR, Chairman,Centre for ContemporaryManagement Research (CECMAR),Bharathidasan Institute ofManagement, Trichy

2008 / 294 Pages / PB / Rs. 395ISBN: 978-81-7446-603-7 / 71/4x91/2

We live in a rapidly changing environment that needs to beunderstood before we can even attempt to meet the tremendouschallenges that we face everyday in the workplace. The onlyway out is to adopt a scientific approach to understandingthese challenges. Management research may not provide readymade answers, atleast not initially, but it does great good byasking the right questions and adopting the right attitude tostudying the changing scenario.

You will find inside a collection of research articles that dealwith the various functional areas of management. Adding greatervalue is the number of articles from different regions andcountries. Micro level analysis is seamlessly blended with macrolevel perspectives. The articles are contemporary and thoughtprovoking. A must read for anybody who takes managementseriously.

ALL INDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION

2008 / 138 Pages / PB / Rs. 450ISBN: 978-81-8323-034-6/ 61/4x91/2

This book covers a range of diverse themes: Developing a Global Mindset Changing Marketing

Paradigm for the New Manager Innovation: A KeyTool for the New Manager The Entrepreneur Manager

Managing Diversity – The Challenges for India Inc

The New Manager

This book provides key insights for managers to ponder upon and apply in theireveryday work lives.

generalmanagement

CorporateGovernanceGlobal Concepts and Practices

DR S SINGH, NDIM, New Delhi

TEXTBOOK2005 / 544 Pages / PB / Rs. 360ISBN: 81-7446-417-4 / 71/4x91/2

The subject “Corporate Governance:Global Concepts andPractices” has occupied centre- stage, particularly since theearly 1990s in U.K., USA, rest of Europe, Canada, Japan, Indiaand many other developing countries of the world. The presentvolume is essentially a comprehensive textbook, focusing onboth concepts and corporate governance practices. Even beforethe Enron collapse and several other kingsize scandals, therehas been a steadily mounting volume of complaints regardingthe dismal state of governance in most large corporates acrossthe globe, mostly relating to accounting irregularities and topdressing of financial results, almost universally perpetrated atthe behest of the Company Chairman & CEO himself. Keepingthe above ground realities in view, the present volume isintended to be a standard reference as well as textbook on thevaried facets of corporate governance. The book has six distinctparts, containing in all as many as twenty-eight interrelatedchapters.

Business Ethics andHuman ValuesEDITED BYS G HUNDEKAR

2009 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 978-81-7446-738-6 / 71/4x91/2

TAPAN K PANDA

Knowledge Managementa global perspective

2008 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 395ISBN: 978-81-7446-621-1 / 71/4x91/2

and Computer Science as well as brief descriptions of important acts, businessand financial institutions, trade treaties, business abbreviations, etc. Suitablepractical examples have also been cited for most of the terms, which make themclearer. The book is intended to make the terms accessible to the students ofCommerce and Management Studies, and to help professionals and the businesscommunity. The language of the book is so easy that even a layman will notexperience any difficulty in understanding the concepts.

Page 12: Excel Catalog 2010

12

The Healthy OfficeCreating a healthy office environmentR M MEHRA

2006 / 248 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 81-7446-463-8 / 51/2x81/2

Managing New IndiaALL INDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION

The book is a storehouse of rare insights and ideas on managing the multi-faceteddimensions of a rising economy and a nation that is India.2007 / 164 PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-8323-029-2 / 61/4x91/2

generalmanagement

Two Volume Set(Volume 1 & Volume 2)

Case Method in ManagementEducation and TrainingUPINDER DHAR, Vice Chancellor, Lakshmipat University

SANTOSH DHAR, Professor, Institute of Management,Nirma University of Science & Technology, Ahmedabad

This book is an attempt to present the cumulative managerial experiences in Indiathrough various case studies. Each case is unique in itself in providing an insight intovarious concepts amalgamated with realistic experiences in dealing with managementproblems or issues. The book is expected to be useful to the students of BusinessAdministration and participants of Management Development Programmes.

PART I Case Method/Case Writing / PART II Entrepreneurship and InstitutionBuilding/Finance/ Human Resource / PART III Marketing/OrganisationalProcesses and Systems/Strategic Management

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 336 Pages / PB / Rs. 400ISBN: 81-7446-550-2 / 71/4x91/2 (Vol-I)2007 / 468 Pages / PB / Rs. 500ISBN: 81-7446-551-0 / 71/4x91/2 (Vol-II)

Theory and Practice ofCase Method ofInstructiontext and cases

EDITED BYB BHATTACHARYYA,Director General, IILM

2007 / 247 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 81-7446-558-8 / 71/4x91/2

The uniqueness of this publication lies in its character which is in the nature of aManual, a guide on how to write and use the case method of instruction. The firstpart comprises five chapters which deal with various dimensions of the case methodof instruction. The second part comprises eleven comprehensive cases.

Taken together, both teachers and students will get a comprehensive understandingof what, why and how of case study method. This book is possibly the only onewhich has also looked at the method from the perspective of the students. Thecomprehensive Bibliography and Webliography add substantial value to thepublication.

The ChangeChampion’sFieldguide

CO-EDITORSDAVE ULRICH, LOUIS CARTER,MARSHALL GOLDSMITH,DEBI S SAINI

FOREWORD BYW WARNER BURKE

Strategies and Tools forLeading Change in theNew Era

“The Change Champion's Fieldguide is an awesome resource foranyone working on building organizational capacity and capability.This book gives you a wealth of pragmatic and leading-edge lessonsfrom practitioners who have a passion and commitment toaccelerating business results through people. It's a resource I willcontinually use and you will too!”

Susan Burnett,Vice President for Workforce Development andOrganizational Effectiveness, Hewlett-Packard.

“The Change Champion's Fieldguide will become one of the mostquoted, referenced, and used business books in the first decade ofthe 2000's.”

Vijay Govindarajan,Earl C. Daum 1924 Professor of International

Business, Director, Center for Global Leadership, TuckSchool of Business, Dartmouth College.

“Machiavelli once said, 'Change has no constituency.' Thiscompendium of readings will help change agents develop andenroll all manner of constituencies.”

Warren Bennis,Distinguished Professor of Business, USC, and co-author of

Geeks and Geezers and on Becoming a Leader.

“Finally there is a book that shows you how to lead change (versusonly what it looks like when you get there). It's like reading a repairmanual versus a sales brochure. Bravo to the authors!”

R. Dixon Thayer,Former CEO, Ford Global New

Business Operations, and Senior Partner, ab3 Resources Inc.

2005 / 374 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 81-7446-445-X / 61/4x91/2

ManagingDiversity

ALL INDIA MANAGEMENTASSOCIATION

2008 / 190 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-8323-032-2 / 61/4x91/2

The Challenges forIndia Inc.

Page 13: Excel Catalog 2010

13

generalmanagement

EnvironmentalManagementN K UBEROI

second edition

Recommended book in the UGC syllabus

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2003 / 424 Pages / PB / Rs. 310ISBN: 81-7446-340-2 / 71/4x91/2

The book surveys a range of topics from sustainable development andecological imperatives to strategies for managing environmental issues inbusiness. It concludes with discussion and debate about values in natureand touches upon the subject of metamorphosis of the whole trajectoryof attitudes in modern societies. The book can also serve as supplementarymaterial for business policy and strategy courses.

Instructor Manual Available

The Small Entrepreneurstarting & growingB YERRAM RAJURAM R PUJARI

“The book is very comprehensive in coverage and rich in content.”C.S. Murthy, Chief GM in-charge (Retd), RPCD, Reserve Bank of

India, Mumbai

“The author has paid adequate attention to detail, especially in the areas ofMarketing and Finance.”

D.E. Ramakrishnan, President, IFRASTE & NACOSI

2009 / 306 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 978-81-7446-744-7 / 51/2x81/2

Introduction / Starting an Enterprise / Key Questions forEntrepreneur / Regulatory Aspects / Institutional Framework /Planning the Growth and Financing of MSMEs/ BusinessDevelopment Service Providers / Technology Management /Clusters & Cluster Development / Export-Import Procedures /SME Rehabilitation

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Business CommunicationPARAG DIWAN

1998 / 144 Pages / PB / Rs. 125ISBN: 81-7446-091-8 / 71/4x91/2

2007 / 186 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 81-7446-545-6 / 61/4x91/2

Management IconsP JAYARAMAN

Environment and Mankind/Concept of Environment Pollution/Laws of the Land for Pollution Control/Core Functions of StatePollution Control Boards/Environmental Management System/ACase Study at a Glance: Paradigm Vista/RSP – Towards a NewHorizon/Thinkers should Think Globally and Act Locally

Environment ManagementIPSEETA SATPATHY, Dean,Communications, KIIT Deemed University

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2005 / 170 Pages / PB / Rs. 175ISBN: 81-7446-458-1 / 71/4x91/2

Realm of Ecology/Background to International Efforts forEnvironmental Protection/India’s Efforts for EnvironmentalProtection and Public Policy/Environmental Problems – Global/Air Pollution, Water Pollution/Environmental ManagementSystem/Environmental Clearance for Establishing and OperatingIndustries in India/Waste Management/Business–Industry andEnvironment /Biodiversity, Forest Management/EnvironmentalEthics

Handbook of BusinessPlansEDITED BYSANJIV MITTALSOMA ARORAAKANKSHA GUPTA

This book is an innovative compilation of the business plans, that explorethe relationship between the aspirations of generation next andentrepreneurship. It deals with the foundation of entrepreneurship andwith the effects of different cultural settings on the incidence and successof entrepreneurs. The topics covered in this edited volume vary fromperception, motivation, risk, and passion to opportunity recognition,TAKNEEK challenges, conventional approaches to entrepreneurialbehavior, etc. It would prove to be a valuable guide to the professionals,corporate leaders, practicing managers, research scholars as well asmanagement and engineering students.

2009 / 724 Pages / PB / Rs. 795ISBN: 978-81-7446-739-3 / 71/4x91/2

Page 14: Excel Catalog 2010

14

generalmanagement

Negotiation MadeSimpleeveryone must win!S L RAO, Chairman, Board ofGovernors, Institute for Social andEconomic Change, Bangalore

“The book deals with the techniques of handling situations which couldcrop up at home as well as in the international arena while negotiatingbusiness . . . With globalization, it marks a new age for the Indianindustry. For players and observers alike in this age, the book will serve asa practical guide.”

— Business World

“Almost all sections of the book carry examples and problems to help thereader hone his skills in the art of negotiation. . .”This book, simple and easy to read, yet laden with intellectually stimulatingfacts and guidelines, holds the key to successful negotiation.

—The Economic Times

Recipient of ISTD Book Award – 2005

2005 / 226 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 81-7446-438-7 / 51/2x81/2

Knowledge Management

A T RAMAN, Business India Group

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Knowledge has a New Beginning/Knowledge through the Ages/TheKnowledge Vision/The Knowledge Process/Information vs Knowledge andKnowledge Workers/How to Build a Knowledge Corporation/Imperativesof the New Age/The Social Role of Knowledge/Knowledge Creation Process/Knowledge Management Tools/Knowledge Technologies/KM Infrastructure/KM Implementation/Futuristic KM/Organisational Re-structuringCASE STUDIESCase 1 Corporate Inheritance, Diversification to Non-core Areas/ Case 2Empowerment through Knowledge/Case 3 Well Informed Market Leader/Case 4 Finding the way around to the Top/Case 5 Matching the ExternalChallenge/Case 6 Monolith Moves with Technology Times/Case 7 Meetingthe Education Challenge/Case 8 Helping the Government Work/Case 9Collective Mite/Case 10 Internally Driven/Case 11 Directory of BestPractices/Case 12 Value Addition is the Key/Case 13 Bouncing back withKM/Case 14 Driven by Innovation and Creativity/Case 15 Learning byInstinct

A resource book

TEXTBOOK

Best Business Book of the Year 2003 Award fromNTPC-DMA

2003 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 150ISBN: 81-7446-351-8 / 61/4x91/2

The Knowledge Economy/Transformation of an Enterprise throughKnowledge Management/Creating Knowledge Management System inOrganizations/The Knowledge Organization/Enabling KnowledgeManagement through Information Technology/Organizational Culture forKnowledge Management/Knowledge Management in Industry/LookingAhead: Future of Knowledge Management

Knowledge Management for CompetitiveAdvantageH C CHAUDHARY, FMS, BHU, Varanasi

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

“...presents the best practices of knowledge management in the Indian organizations.” -HRD News Letter

2005 / 180 Pages / PB / Rs. 150ISBN: 81-7446-437-9 / 51/2x81/2

Public Governance Dividendsthe road ahead

2006 / 184 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 81-8323-013-X / 51/2x81/2

Corporate SocialResponsibility

EDITED BYC V BAXI, Chairman of CorporateGovernance Center, MDI, Gurgaon

AJIT PRASAD, Professor of Economicsand Strategy, InternationalManagement Institute, New Delhi

concepts and casesThe Indian Experience

The book is divided in two sections; section one contains papers,which analyze the conceptual framework of Corporate SocialResponsibility. The unique feature of this book is the case studieson different aspects of CSR presented in section two. The casesfocus on such segments as education, healthcare and environment,among others.

It is for the first time that–under the aegis of UNDP-CII-AICTE-MDI– the business schools in the country participated inpreparing cases from various industries focusing on the processand decision making content implicit in the introduction,implementation, and evaluation of various facets of CorporateSocial Responsibility. The cases are illustrative and they willhelp in identifying further areas of research. The teaching noteshave been developed by the individual authors, and will beavailable on request.2005 / 536 Pages / PB / Rs. 375ISBN: 81-7446-449-2 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Handbook of Writing EffectiveResume for Job ApplicationsHow to Attract Employer’s Attention

PARUL SINGH, Fortune Institute of InternationalBusiness, New Delhi

2007 / 86 Pages / PB / Rs. 75ISBN: 81-7446-524-3 / 61/4x91/2

Page 15: Excel Catalog 2010

15

Floriculture

D RAVINATH

a viable business

2007 / 154 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 978-81-8323-023-0 / 71/4x91/2

Business CommunicationM K SEHGALVANDANA KHETARPAL

Nature and Scope of Business Communication/Channels, Networks,Forms and Dimensions of Communication/Oral and WrittenCommunication/Non-verbal Communication/Barriers toCommunication/Principles of Effective Communication/Gateways toCommunication/Media and Modes of Communication/Reading Skills/Listening Skills/Presentation Skills/Nature and Scope of BusinessCommunication/Negotiation Skills/Meetings and Conferences/BusinessLetters/Enquiries and Replies/Orders and Replies/Circulars, Notices andMemos/Report Writing: Business Reports/Academic Report Writing/Interview Skills/Job Applications and Resume Writing/GroupDiscussions/Business Etiquette/Enriching your Vocabulary/Punctuation/Legal Aspects of Business Communication

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2006 / 486 Pages / PB / Rs. 320ISBN: 81-7446-501-4 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

70 Million EmployableIndians

ALL INDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION

2007 / 172 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-8323-027-8 / 61/4x91/2

Strategies for GlobalCompetitiveness

EntrepreneurshipMADHURIMA LALL, Reader, AppliedEconomics, Faculty of Commerce,Lucknow University, Lucknow

SHIKHA SAHAI, Assistant Director,Institute of Productivity & Management,Lucknow

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Part I: Introduction to Entrepreneurship / Introduction toEntrepreneurship / Entrepreneurship: Motivation, Types andBarriers to Entrepreneurship / Innovation, Creativity andEntrepreneurship / Part II: Business Plan & Functional Plan /Business Planning Process / Drawing Functional Plan-I:Marketing Plan / Drawing Functional Plan-II: Production/Operation Plan / Drawing Functional Plan-III: OrganizationalPlan / Drawing Functional Plan-IV: Financial Plan / Part III:SSI & Women Entrepreneurs / Sources of Finance / InstitutionSupporting Entrepreneurs / Small-scale Industry / A CriticalEvaluation of the Conceptual Framework of Sickness in SSI,Status and Dimensions of SSIs and Industrial Sickness /Symptoms for Detecting Sickness in Small-scale Industries /Causes of Sickness in Small-scale Industries / Assessment ofViability of Sick Industries and their Rehabilitation / WomenEntrepreneurship

second edition

2008 / 422 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 978-81-7446-613-6 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual AvailableTEXTBOOK

Unleashing the Manager WithinTimeless Tips for Terrific Results

M M KHAN

2005 / 162 Pages / PB / Rs. 175ISBN: 81-7446-460-3 / 61/4x91/2

DR. SANJAY SRIVASTAVADR. HIMANI SHARMA

Management CaseStudies

2008 / 466 Pages / PB / Rs. 595ISBN: 978-81-7446-657-7 / 71/4x91/2

TEXTBOOK

generalmanagement

Management Principles andPracticesPARAG DIWAN, VC, University of Petroleum &Energy Studies, Dehradun

Conceptual Framework of Management/Evolution& Foundations of Management Theories/

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK1998 / 364 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 81-7446-125-6 / 71/4x91/2

Management Planning Process/Organization: Meaning, Importance, Principles& Types/Types of an Organization/Delegation of Authority/Communication/Motivation, Staffing/Coordination, Decision-Making/Directing, ManagementControl/Management by Objectives/Group Dynamics, Leadership/Dimensionsof Managerial Excellence

Management Educationthe environmental dimensionsEDITED BYPRAMOD PATHAK, J K PATTANAYAK, CHANDAN BHAR, NILADRI DAS

2008 / 342 Pages / PB / Rs. 595ISBN: 978-81-7446-675-4 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

Page 16: Excel Catalog 2010

16

International Marketingfourth edition

P K VASUDEVA, Principal, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan,Chandigarh.

This is the 4th edition of the book which has been writtenin response to the continuous and rapid changes ininternational marketing and the new challenges that arearising, including increased coverage of cultural differences,

Introduction to International Marketing / Economic Environment of InternationalMarketing / Dynamics of World Market: Identifying and Satisfying Global Needs,Coordinating Activities and Recognizing Constraints / International Institutions –World Bank, IMF, UNCTAD, Customs Union, Common Markets, Free Trade Zones,Economic Communities, Special Economic Zones, NAFTA, SAFTA and EU /Constraints on International Marketing – Fiscal and Non-Fiscal Barriers, Tariffs andNon-Tariff Barriers / Trading Partners – Bilateral Trade Agreements, CommodityAgreements and GSP / India and World Trade / EXIM Policy / Foreign Trade Policy:2004-2009 and 2009-2014 / International Product Policy and Planning / PricingPolicy / Logistic Management, International Distribution and Sales Policy / PromotionalManagement and Advertising / International Marketing Research / International RetailMarketing / Currencies and Foreign Exchange / Settlement of International Disputes

TEXTBOOK2010 / 618 Pages / PB / Rs. 375ISBN: 978-81-7446-817-8 / 81/4x11

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

generalmanagement

Business Ethicsand ProfessionalValues

ComparativeEthos inManagementBANI P BANERJEE,National Institute ofHuman Development,Kolkata

NIKHIL BARAT

2005 / 138 Pages / PB / Rs. 145ISBN: 81-7446-443-3 / 61/4x91/2

A B RAO

Spiritual Business Philosophy/Business Ethics andCultural Ethos/Attitudes, Beliefs and Character/Ethical Aspects of Management Education andEntrepreneurship/Corporate Governance andBusiness Culture/Social Responsibility ofBusiness/The Total Quality ManagementPhilosophy/Gandhian Philosophy/ConsumerProtection and Safety/Environmental Protection/Citizens and Ethical Responsibilities/SelfManagement Ethics/Ethical Paradoxes and Cases/Ethical Development and Challenges/ProfessionalValues

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2006 / 196 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 81-7446-479-4 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

This book has been written with the specific objectiveof meeting adequately the requirements of all thosestudents who are required to study: “Business Ethicsand Professional Values” as one of the subjects in theirB.B.A, M.B.A, M.COM, Professional diploma or degreecourses of the Indian Universities and Institutes ofManagement, Commerce, Engineering, Law andTechnology.

The important features of this book are:

The first fourteen chapters are devoted to a lucidexplanation of various aspects of ‘Business Ethics’.

Chapter XV is entirely devoted to ‘ProfessionalValues’. This chapter deals with as many as tendifferent professions.

At the end, an exhaustive ‘Question Bank’ isprovided.

Opportunities and Challenges in theGlobal BusinessEDITED BYV K GAUTAMB S BHANDARIS M ANAS IQBALVIVEK KAPRE

2008 / 658 Pages / PB / Rs. 695ISBN: 978-81-7446-718-8 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

internationalbusiness

logistics, supply chain management, retailing and the impact of the internet oninternational marketing and exports.

This book comprehensively covers both international marketing and a part of exportmanagement with a focus on marketing decisions and management processes involvedin exporting and not simply a ‘how to’ give treatment of technical export details. A newChapter on India and World Trade has been included in this edition. Basically it coversthe World Trade Organisation which is very rare in the books on international marketing.The coverage of WTO starts from GATT to WTO to Doha Round which is highlycontroversial and damaging for the developing countries especially Agreement onAgriculture, TRIPS and GATS. Another chapter on Currencies and Foreign Exchangehas also been added as it has gained importance in recent times due to a downturn inglobal financial crisis.

There is an increased coverage of the two most important emerging markets of the 21stcentury; China and India. New cases from companies including DELL, Unilever, HeroHonda, Tata Indicom, RP Group of Live Sciences, PricewaterhouseCoopers andMicrosoft will help students to apply the theory. The latest Foreign Trade Policy 2009-2014 has also been included in this edition which has become important due to globalrecession.

Page 17: Excel Catalog 2010

17

internationalbusiness

International Business

HYUN-SOOK LEER K SRIVASTAVA

Country Culture and Corporate Culture

This book makes an attempt to make InternationalBusiness (IB) more effective through understanding

2009 / 228 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 978-81-7446-783-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Text & CasesPALLE KRISHNA RAO, Professor, PSG Institute ofManagement, Coimbatore

From GATT to WTO/General Elimination of Quantitative Restrictions/Agreement on Agriculture/The Agreement on the Application of Sanitary andPhytosanitary Measures/Agreement on the Implementations of Article VI ofGATT 1994/Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures/Trade-related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights/Agreement on Trade-relatedInvestment Measures/Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT)/Agreement on Safeguards/Agreement on Textiles and Clothing/ GeneralAgreement on Trade in ServicesCASE STUDIES: The Banana War /The Korean Soju/A Matter of Semantics/The Canadian Dairy Case/The Case of the Codling Moth/A Fishy Dispute?/The Hormone Ban – An Issue of N&I/The Bed Linen Dispute/Privatising atArm’s Length/Sovereignty Issues/Process or Product?/Copy (right) Tales/BetterBasmati than Havana/To TRIM or not To TRIM/What’s a Sardine, but aSardine! /Of Shrimps and Turtles/Fresh, Chilled or Frozen Lamb?/A WovenDispute

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2005 / 532 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 81-7446-430-1 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

TEXTBOOK

WTO

GlobalCompetitivenessDR. AJITABH

2008 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-608-2 / 71/4x91/2

“Global Competitiveness” is a combination of concepts,case studies and practical ways on how to achieve andenhance competitiveness in any organisation. The bookattempts to answer the ‘What, who, when, and how’ ofExcellence, i.e. ‘what’ is excellence, ‘who’ are considered asexcellent companies, ‘when’ a company is prepared to usetools/ frameworks and models to achieve excellence, ‘how’strategic competitiveness can be enhanced using one of themost widely used tools, viz., Benchmarking. Business casesfrom across the globe of different industries have been usedto demonstrate how companies have achievedcompetitiveness and thus enhanced their long-termcompetitive advantage to become excellent companies.

country culture and corporate culture. This book is

divided into three parts:

Part I, Cross-Cultural Management, explains briefly what constitutes culture andcountry culture; the importance of country culture in different areas such asmarketing, human resources, finance, customer management and management;do cultural differences affect the organization?; what is corporate culture?; culturalsynergy; multicultural teams; negotiating with foreigners; and expatriatemanagement. Part II, Country Culture, describes a brief history, languages, silentlanguages, religions, ethnic groups, education, values and attitudes, manners andcustoms, males and female roles and other important factors to be considered forselected countries. Part III, Corporate Culture, describes the principle companies,management styles, which factors of country cultures influence corporate culture,key factors to be considered by foreign companies, and other important factors forselected countries.

This book will be helpful for international business students and professors. It willalso be useful for business persons who are interested in knowing other countries’cultures and related corporate cultures for achieving business successes. Storming the Global

BusinessRise of the Asian Tigers

BISWAJEET PATTANAYAKPHALGU NIRANJANAKALYAN SHANKAR RAYSUMITA MISHRA

The theme ‘Storming the Global Business: Rise of the AsianTigers’ is devoted to understanding the business in Asia andthe rise of Asian nations in the arena of global business.These nations have taken the business world by a storm andare continuing to hold an enviable position in global business.These economies have been the subject of recent attention,with much of the focus going to their macro-economicconditions and their suitability for global business. Yet, littleis known about the business environment at the micro-level. To this end, information found in the cases on Asiancompanies and/or MNCs operating in the Asia-Pacific helpsto redress this imbalance by showcasing the issues related todoing business in the Asian milieu. This spectacular rise ofthe Asian nations or TIGERS (as they are being popularlycalled) warrants considerable research from the academiaand the industry.

The book with twenty nine papers has six different parts –Information Technology, Retail Business, Global BusinessLeadership, Banking, Insurance & Financial Services, TalentSourcing & Management and Strategizing Business.

2009 / 418 Pages / PB / Rs. 595ISBN: 978-81-7446-788-1 / 61/4x91/2

Page 18: Excel Catalog 2010

18

internationalbusiness

Export and Import ManagementASEEM KUMAR, Head, MDPs, AIMA, New Delhi

Export Import Management is a well researched student friendlybook that proposes to fill the gap between theory and practice for

TEXTBOOK2007 / 314 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 81-7446-538-3 / 71/4x91/2

Free Student CD Included

Instructor Manual Available

International Human ResourceManagementDR. NILANJAN SENGUPTADR. MOUSUMI S BHATTACHARYA

International Context of HRM/Strategic Planning/HRM in International Context: theoriesand models/Recruitment and Selection/Training and Development/CompensationManagement/Performance Management/Industrial Relations/Role of Culture in IHRM/Organizational processes influencing IHRM/Role of Global HR Managers/WomenExpatriates/International Joint Venture/ Hiring Inpatriate and Expatriate Managers: Choicesand Dilemmas for MNCs

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 316 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 81-7446-519-7 / 71/4x91/2

The intention of this book is to portray the various factors that areconnected with managing Human Resources in InternationalBusiness. Since the two are inseparable, any organization aspiringto participate as a player in international business must develop the

Instructor Manual AvailableTEXTBOOK

knowledge, skills and acumen to perceive the subtle nuances that govern the rules of game.

This book has sought to address some of the issues that relate to IHRM, which need to belogically understood by any keen observer of international business, today. The approach of thisbook has been to detail IHRM both, in terms of a function, as well as a process and the factorsor key elements that are attached to them.

To make this book reader-friendly, chapter highlights have been added at the beginning of eachchapter to facilitate the reader to identify the broader areas that may be learnt from a particularchapter. Each chapter also contains detailed references and key terms. Conceptual questions,multiple choices, web-based exercises are some of the additional features of the book. Relevantdiagrammatic representation, relevant case study and list of web references have been alsoadded in this book.

young managers aspiring for challenging positions in international business. The book is apioneering effort in this area where only manuals or replicas of manuals have ruled for years.

Written in essentially textbook fashion, the book presents interesting forays into the excitingworld of export and import. The book is divided into 16 comprehensive chapters that take thereader through a sequential journey in export-import management. The students will be exposedto conceptual framework, procedural detail and practical aspects of international transactions.Interesting examples, cases and illustrations with reference details make it full of life.

The unique feature of the book is a CD provided complimentary that contains all the relevantexport-import forms for practical learning.

The book has been planned keeping in view the needs of the students of MBA/PGDM/PGDBM/MIB and other international business courses at PG/UG level.

RAJ AGRAWAL, IILM, Greater Noida

International Trade

2001 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 300ISBN: 81-7446-236-8 / 71/4x91/2

International MarketingRAJENDRA NARGUNDKAR, Director of PESInstitute of Management, Bangalore

SPECIAL FEATURES

Original cases based on Indian companies/ Easy to read text / Coverage of majorconcepts in international marketing / Focuson marketing - no overlap with internationalbusiness or similar courses

2008 / 266 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 978-81-7446-628-0/ 71/4x91/2

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

This book is going to be a trendsetter in thefield of international marketing. It is astorehouse of the latest developments ininternational marketing from a unique Indianperspective. With a lot of contemporary cases(up to early 2008) that cover issues related toorganizational and marketing strategy, includingsensing opportunity and fulfilling globalambitions, it is an exciting new addition to theoptions available to an Indian business schoolprofessor.

Why International Marketing / EntryStrategies / Challenges in InternationalMarketing / Segmentation and ProductMarket Strategy / Branding Internationally/ Pricing Internationally / InternationalPromotions / International Distribution /Organisation and Control / A Long-termStrategy—Firmness of Goals and Flexibilityof Mind / Case Studies

TEXTBOOK

International RetailingText and Readings

DR S L GUPTAARUN MITTAL

Page 19: Excel Catalog 2010

19

International BusinessManagementA Global Perspective

PRADIP KUMAR SINHASANCHARI SINHA

International Business Environment / Country Risk Analysis /Foreign Direct Investment / The Foreign Exchange Market / TheInternational Monetary System / The International Financial Marketand Instruments / Introduction to International Finance andDevelopment Banks / International Marketing / Bilateral andMultilateral Trade Laws / Export and Import Financing / GlobalManufacturing and Logistics Management / Global Marketing andResearch and Development / Global Human Resources Management/ Financial Management in International Business / ManagingMultinational Enterprises / Globalisation and India’s CompetitiveAdvantage / Export Import Policy Guidelines for India / A Guide toCase Analysis / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 528 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-629-7 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

International TradeOperationsDR RAM SINGH

Introduction to International Trade Operation / Getting Started inInternational Trade – Step by Step / Processing of an Export Order/ International Trade Documentation / International Sales Contract/ Understanding Incoterms / India’s Foreign Trade Policy / ExportPromotions Measures / Special Economic Zones / Methods ofPayments / Export Credit Risk Management / Cargo Insurance /Cargo Insurance Claims Procedure / Legal Framework of CentralExcise / Excise Clearance of Exports Cargo without Payment ofDuty / Excise Clearance of Exports Cargo under Rebate Claims /Legal Framework of Customs / Customs Clearance Procedure ofExports / EDI Initiatives in Customs / Duty Drawback ClaimsProcedure / Role of Freight Forwarder

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 502 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 978-81-7446-735-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Systematic efforts have been made by the author in this book to coverall the essential elements of trade operations in an understandable waywith easy language and explanation of facts and procedures throughtables, diagrams and exhibits. This will help the new generation toenter in international trade and to master the trade techniques in aconvenient manner and execute the trade operations decisionssuccessfully in LPG era.

In today’s rapidly changing scenario of the world, the study ofinternational business management has become necessary formanagement students. This book has been developed to set a newstandard for international business textbooks.

The book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of all therelated world issues with special reference to India. It is written insimple language and maintains an integrated and logical flow frombeginning to end. The book mainly focuses on managerial implications,which caters to the needs of management students.

The book presents a thorough review of economies and politics ofinternational trade and investment and various functions and forms ofGlobal monetary system. It is hoped that this book will definitely beliked and appreciated by the readers/students.

TEXTBOOK

Text and Cases

P L RAO, Adjunct Professor, Human Resourceand Organisation Behaviour, Gitam Instituteof Foreign Trade, Visakhapatnam

Introduction: Overview /Organisational Structure in MNC andInternational Dimensions of HRM /International Staffing /Compensation and Benefits /Training and Development /Performance Management in International Organisations /Expatriation and Repatriation /Industrial Relations /SustainingInternational Business Operations /Managing People in InternationalContext /Indian Multinational Companies /Issues, Challenges andTheoretical Developments /Cultural Dimensions of HRM /CaseStudies

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 408 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-596-2 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

Indian Foreign TradeRAJ AGRAWAL, IILM, Greater Noida

1999 / 272 Pages / PB / Rs. 175ISBN: 81-7446-167-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

International HumanResource Management

Creating aBoundaryless HR

HR Practitioners’perspective

EDITED BYSUBIR VERMA

2009 / 164 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-736-2 / 61/4x91/2

Globalization

internationalbusiness

Page 20: Excel Catalog 2010

20

InternationalBusinessSHYAM SHUKLA

Globalisation / Globalisation Strategies- Some Facts, Examples and Cases /India’s Foreign Trade / Service Exports/ Steps required to Increase India’sExports / Institutions in ExportPromotions / Recent Exim Policy andits Implications / Global Agreementsand its Framework / Legal Framework– International Economic Laws /World Trade Organisation / ExportFinance / Exchange Rate Mechanismand Convertibility of Rupee

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 388 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-618-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

International Business provides theunderstanding of movement of India inGlobal Market, trends and directions ofIndia’s Foreign Trade, the current export-import policy of the Government, thepromotional measures available, the foreignexchange management tools, IT software& service market, understanding of workingof WTO, role of financial institutions,International Commerce Terms andInternational Business Strategies. The bookfacilitates several cases, methodologies andconceptual approaches to help anyorganization to take a lead in foreign trade.It can help the students as well as thepracticing managers to equip with theprinciples of International Business. Theauthor has taken a practical approach tomake the contents sound and interesting.The topics covered and simplicity ofpresentation makes the book indispensablefor all MBA students for their fundamentalknowledge of India’s Foreign Trade.

internationalbusiness

humanresource

management

Organisation Change and DevelopmentKAVITA SINGH, Faculty of Management Studies, Delhi University

TEXTBOOK2010 / 350 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 978-81-7446-811-6 / 71/4x91/2

second edition

PART-1: ORGANISATIONAL CHANGE / Organisational Change: An Overview / Models ofChange / Change and its Impact / Organisational Culture and Change / A Systematic Approachto Making Change / PART-2: ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT / OrganisationDevelopment – An Introduction / Diagnostic Strategies and Skills / Power, Politics and Ethics inOD / PART-3: OD INTERVENTIONS / OD Interventions – An Introduction / OD Teamand Intergroup Development Interventions / Structural Interventions / ComprehensiveInterventions / Organizational Learning

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Leadership, vision and inspiration are the essential ingredients forsuccess in handling change. And, the effective management of changeis enhanced through careful planning, sensitive handling of the people

Instructor Manual Available

Instructor Manual Available

involved and a thorough approach to implementation. In these times of flux, organisations arecompelled to proactively effect changes in their systems to cope with various factors in the externaland internal environment. This comprehensive book tackles all the areas where change interventionsare necessary and sets out to identify the key 'ingredients' for successful change.

This book is divided into three parts:

The First Part includes an examination of the imperatives of change in today's environment ofcompetition. The different forces of change—political, economic, technological—are examinedagainst the backdrop of shifting customer needs, systems dynamics, inadequacy of administration,profitability issues and resource constraints. The various models of change, corporate culture interms of basic value orientations and norms, techniques of identifying and diagnosing organisationalculture, classical leadership skills, and the ten key factors in effective change management have allbeen thoroughly discussed.

The Second Part introduces the concept of Organisation Development and dissects the basicassumptions against diagnostic models, skills and methods, change agents, power and controlissues and implications of power politics. Certain categories of ethical dilemmas have been explored.Various types of OD interventions ranging from interpersonal and team development to process,structural and inter-group development are exhaustively discussed.

The Third Part of the book highlights the need for Organisation Development Intervention in thepresent business scenario and the relevance of Team and Intergroup Development Interventions.The characteristics of structural intervention and comprehensive intervention have been outlinedto initiate the process of organisational learning.

This book would prove to be an invaluable resource for the students, faculty as well as practisingprofessionals.

Performance Management SystemA Holistic Approach

B D SINGH

Page 21: Excel Catalog 2010

21

humanresource

management

Human ResourceManagement inthe New EconomyEDITED BYSARITPRAVA DASBHARATI DESHPANDE

The new economy, characterised by innovation, creativity,information explosion and technology, has created vistasof opportunities, myriad of expectations on the one handand fierce competition, dynamic uncertainty and aboveall turbulence on the other. Habit and complacency areout, learning and speed are in. The new economy isperformance-driven and customer-centric which hasseveral consequences on organizational work practicesand expectations in terms of reinventing themselves andhelp organizational members, in general, to unlock thegreat potential of human intelligence. Organizations areexpected to continuously excel in performance criteriathat include concern for ethics and social responsibilities,innovativeness and employee development, employeerelationship management along with the traditionalmeasures of profitability and investment value.

Thus, while organizations in the new economy tend to beperformance-driven, HR professionals are no exceptionto it. In this context, the present book deals with severalcontemporary HR issues having strategic implicationsunder the various topics such as:

Globalization & Changing HR Practices—Recruitment, Selection, T&D, PMS, CompensationManagement and Employee Relations

Diversity Management Issues and Challenges

E-HRM

Role of Branding in Building Organization Culture

Customer-centric HR

Economic Slowdown – HR Practices

This book is a collection of papers presented by severalprofessionals, representing industry and academia, in aNational Conference organized by the Institute forTechnology and Management (ITM). The principal themeof this conference was ‘Human Resource Management inthe New Economy’. The contributors tried their best toblend both theory and practices of contemporary HRissues in their papers. This book would help not only theresearchers and HR practitioners but also the seniorexecutives for creating sustainable competitive advantagethrough people in the ever changing and dynamicworkplace and economy.

2010 / 348 Pages / PB / Rs. 495ISBN: 978-81-7446-826-0 / 71/4x91/2

Globalization and Human ResourceDevelopmentEDITED BYI S SINGH

Globalization had turned the entire globe in one entity for trade and commerce,investment of capital, movement of people – students, businessmen and experts.There is more and more interdependence among the economies of the world. However,these changes have not only brought opportunities but also challenges to the countriesand individuals. All are not equally endowed with necessary resources to seize theemerging opportunities, and therefore, it is said that while globalization has createdunprecedented opportunities for few, the negative consequences of globalization willbe deeper and widespread on the common people. Hence, the globalization has tobe shaped and harnessed for human resource development and welfare.

This book is the product of an International Seminar organized on the topic of“Globalization and Human Resource Development” at Mahatma Gandhi LabourInstitute, Ahmedabad. The seminar was designed to provide a platform to discussand critically examine the issues of Human Resource Development in the context ofglobalization and also to put forth some recommendations. The presentations werebased on research, opinions and viewpoints coupled with a number of case studieswhich could help explain the issues of human resource development in the context ofglobalization. Some of the ideas presented during the seminar have great relevance tothe process of Human Resource Development in the context of globalization andwill immensely help the reader to understand the process of human resourcedevelopment in our country.2010 / 160 Pages / PB / Rs. 395ISBN: 978-81-7446-838-3 / 71/4x91/2

Concepts of Discipline Management / Discipline in Organisational Context /Basic Ingredients and Guidelines for Disciplinary Actions / Concept of DomesticEnquiry / Guidelines on Domestic Enquiry / Introduction to Disciplinary Procedure/ Domestic Enquiry with Illustrations / Glossary of Terminologies used in DomesticEnquiry / Model Procedure for Disciplinary Actions with Illustration / ImportantCase Laws / Ready to use Sample Formats / Model Code of Conduct for ManagementStaff / Application of “Principles of Natural Justice” in Domestic Enquiries

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Disciplinary Actionsconcepts, process, procedures & formats withillustrations

R K SAHU

2010 / 284 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-845-1 / 61/4x91/2

This book on Discipline Management makes available all relevant theories andpractices with special focus on applied aspects of Disciplinary Actions. The bookwould prove to be of great help to all the practicing Managers, HR Professionals,Management Teachers and MBA Students.

TEXTBOOK

Page 22: Excel Catalog 2010

22

humanresourcemanagement

Beginning of Working Class to Date (1850 to 2009)

Industrial Relations in India

P L RAOP R K RAJU

Situation at the Beginning of the Twentieth Century / Events during 1900-1909:Evolution Process towards / Labour Movement / Events during 1910-1919:Development of Trade Union Consciousness / Events during 1920-1929: Foundationof Indian Trade Union Congress / Events during 1930-1939: Royal Commission onLabour / Events during 1940-1949: Working Class Struggle during World War II /Events during 1950-1959: Industrial Development: From Courts to Codes / Eventsduring 1960-1969: National Commission on Labour- Difficult Decade / Eventsduring 1970-1979: Political Turmoil: Internal Emergency / Events during 1980-1989: New Economic Policies / Events during 1990-1999: Maturity of Trade Unions/ Events in 2000-2009: First Decade of the New Millennium / Profile of IndustrialRelations in Century-old Indian Industries / Constitutions of Important Trade Unionsin India / Interesting IR Cases in the Last Three Decades

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

The book is chapterised on the basis of each decade. To this is added a Prologue thatdepicts what prevailed at the beginning of the twentieth century. The last chapter is onthe first decade of the new millennium. For the benefit of the students of IR and itspractitioners, a separate chapter has been added to give detailed information on IRscenario on Cotton Textiles, Jute Textiles, Coal, Steel, Railways and Posts & Telegraphs,which are 100 years old. A separate chapter, containing the latest amended constitutionsof major Indian trade unions including the original constitution copy of the All IndiaTrade Union Congress as approved at its inaugural session held at Bombay in 1920, hasalso been provided in the book.

PREETI S RAWATSATISHCHANDRA KUMAR

WorkplaceEmpowermentA Study

Introduction / Review of Literature of Variablesunder Study / Pilot Study – Method, Procedureand Discussion / The Present Study / Methodand Procedure / Results / Discussion /Conclusion, Implication and Direction for FutureResearch / Empowerment: From Concept toPractice in India

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2010 / 192 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-812-3 / 71/4x91/2

2010 / 440 Pages / PB / Rs. 495ISBN: 978-81-7446-822-2 / 71/4x91/2

Dictionary ofHuman ResourceManagementB NANDHAKUMAR

This Dictionary is the most authentic presentation ofcontemporary concepts & practices in HumanResource Management. A sincere attempt has beenmade to incorporate the latest developments in thefield. Many examples have been presented to showHRM practices adopted by the leading Indiancompanies. This Dictionary ideally fulfills therequirements of B.B.M. / B.B.M. (C.A.) / B.B.A. /M.B.A. / P.G.D.M., and other relevant PG degree/diploma for Human Resource Management Course.Besides, Personnel managers whose organizations aregraduating from traditional HRM practices to modernHRM practices, will find this book worthwhile.

In the present book, an effort is made not only tostudy the impact of support systems on employee andorganizational effectiveness but also what leads to theexperience of psychological empowerment and itsrelationship with organizational and managerialeffectiveness.

The book will be beneficial for the students of B-schools, researchers, academicians and industrypractitioners wanting to initiate change and designinterventions.

Life After 360 Degree Feedback andAssessment Development CentresEDITORST V RAOS RAMNARAYANNANDINI CHAWLA

Over the last decade, 360 Degree Feedback (360 DF) and Assessment DevelopmentCenters (ADCs) have proved to be powerful interventions for Leadership Developmentand competency building.

In an effort to share knowledge and facilitate learning, TVRLS conducted a 2-dayconference on, Life After 360 Degree Feedback & Assessment Development Centres, atthe India Habitat Centre, New Delhi, December, 2008. The conference was conceivedwith the idea of exploring and understanding the impact and long-term benefit ofdevelopment interventions like 360 Degree Feedback and Assessment DevelopmentCentre. It also gave insights on how the outcomes of these interventions can be furtherutilized to enhance the overall people capability in an Organization. This book is acompilation of the select papaers presented during the conference.

2010 / 294 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-856-7 / 51/2x81/2

Page 23: Excel Catalog 2010

23

ManpowerDevelopmentforTechnologicalChangeKANCHAN BHATIASHWETA MITTAL

Globalization, technological change, outsourcingand talent crunch are some of the major trendsimpacting the modern business world. The biggestchallenge amongst these is the shortage of skilledmanpower. Recognising this, the HR professionis gaining both respect and attention. With theadvancement of technology, the HR needs toutilize people with distinctive capabilities to createunsurpassed competence in an area, decentralizeoperations and rely on self-managed teams todeliver goods, employ innovative reward plans thatrecognize employee contributions and indulge incontinuous quality improvements through TQMand HR contributions.

This book integrates the theories, principles andapplications of specific behavioural disciplines toprovide an in-depth understanding of the subject,and incorporates the invaluable practicalexperiences of practicing managers. Therefore, anattempt has been made to clarify, enhance andupdate the information to truly reflect theemerging perspective in the field of manpowerplanning and changing technology.

The book talks about the new trends in HRM,work-life balance, concept of TQM, e-HRM,HRM in ERP, basic concepts of TechnologyTransfer with human face, nature and significanceof HRIS, knowledge management, importance ofmanpower planning, forecasting techniques andInnovation as a management process.

This book projects a cohesive organic “whole”consisting of interrelated and interdependentfacets, for achieving sustainable competitiveadvantage.

Impact of Technology on HRM / Work-LifeBalance / Total Quality Management andHRM / HRM and Technology / e-Learning/ Technology Transfer / Human ResourceInformation System / Knowledge in NewEra / Manpower Development / Innovationin HRM

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 260 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 978-81-7446-764-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

HRD Trainer’s Handbook ofManagement GamesP L RAO

Management Games can be succinctly described as simulationexercises used to effectively demonstrate structured experiences.The present day management education is shifting from providing

2009 / 496 Pages / PB / Rs. 595ISBN: 978-81-7446-791-1 / 61/4x91/2

class-room teaching to practical learning, so that the participants get adequately equippedwith knowledge to perform successfully in life. Exercises simulate a process with enoughscope for improvisation, adaptation and redesigning according to the situational needs. Thebasic skill involved in the exercises is process analysis.

Games have set rules, a predictable result, a hidden design to highlight or demonstrate abehavioural process and they produce dramatic effects. Games are quite effective in theirpurpose, but they can’t be played again and again, because they usually have elaborateprocedures and concomitant paraphernalia. These games train managers learn better ways tosolve problems, take decisions rapidly, experiment and take calculated risks for businessobjectives. They also learn to work in teams, develop better attitude and respect leadership.

This book attempts to provide a wide range of Management Games, Management Exercises,Role Plays, Ice Breakers, etc. It is divided into three parts. Part I contains ManagementGames, Part II contains Exercises and Part III deals with the basic tools of behavioralsimulation— the Role Play, Instruments, Demonstrations, Ice Breakers and Hiatus. Alongwith the standard simulation exercises, used in achievement motivation or entrepreneurialdevelopment programmes, a multitude of other exercises to develop relevant motivationaldimensions have also been included in this book.

Group Dynamics & Team BuildingR K SAHU, Founder Director,Human Resource Development Centre, New Delhi

Understanding Group Dynamics / Building Teams / Dynamics of High PerformingTeams / Managing Cross functional teams / Managing Diverse & Virtual Teams / SelfManaged Teams / Team Building Skills / Interpersonal skills for Teams / From ManagingTeams to Leading Teams / Empowering Teams / Dynamics of Conflict / ConflictManagement / CEO & Top Management: Leveraging through Teams / Rewarding Teams& Members / Team Leaders Guide Kit / Team Building Tool kit

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Human beings exhibit some characteristic behavior patterns ingroups. Group dynamics is concerned with the interaction andforces among group members in a social situation. Theunderstanding of group behaviour and properties of group are

TEXTBOOK2010 / 450 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-823-9 / 71/4x91/2

essential to be a good manager as well as an effective member of groups. It has been observedthat groups enjoy their greatest success when they become more productive units calledteams. The concept of team building refers to the process of establishing and developing agreater sense of collaboration and trust between team members. Interactive exercises, teamassessments, and group discussions enable groups to cultivate this greater sense of teamwork.

This book elaborates the concept of group dynamics and team building in detail. Thismasterpiece would prove to be a great resource for the CEOs, functional Heads, othermanagers, organisation development consultants, academicians, management students,entrepreneurs, trainers and all individuals who want to understand the dynamics of groupsand team building in an organisation.

humanresource

management

Page 24: Excel Catalog 2010

24

humanresourcemanagement

Organisational BehaviourV S P Rao

Nature and Importance of Organisational Behaviour / OB: TheEmerging Challenges / Approaches to Organisational Behaviour /Foundations of Individual Behaviour / Personality / Perception andIndividual Decision-making / Ethics and Social Responsibilities / Values,Attitudes and Job Satisfaction / Learning and Behaviour Modification/ Basic Motivation Concepts / Job Design, Employee Participation andAlternative Work Arrangements / Foundations of Group Behaviour /Teams and Team Work / Communication / Leadership / ContemporaryIssues in Leadership / Power and Politics / Conflict and Negotiation /Foundations of Organisation Structure / Organisational Culture,Creativity and Innovation / Human Resource Policies and Practices /Management of Change / International Organisational Behaviour /Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Successful companies are known by what theyachieve rather than what they have. You mayhave everything but still remain at the bottomof the corporate ladder if you do not convert

your strengths into opportunities and do not put your resources to bestuse. Companies that have been able to understand the dynamics of humanbehaviour and have used that power to build want-satisfying products andservices have a great story to tell. This book tries to highlight the time-tested principles of human behaviour in a simple and easy-to-understandstyle. Wherever necessary, practical aspects of organisational life havebeen highlighted. Live corporate examples have been inserted to enrichthe contents. The ethical and moral issues, surrounding human behaviour,have also been critically examined.

TEXTBOOK2009 / 700 Pages / PB / Rs. 375ISBN: 978-81-7446-747-8 / 81/4x11

Instructor Manual Available

Personal Growth andTraining & DevelopmentMADHURIMA LALLSHEETAL SHARMA

Personality / The Personality Pattern / Roles of Symbols of Self /Moulding the Personality Pattern / Persistence and Change /Psychodynamic Theories of Personality / Psychometric Theoriesof Personality / Transactional Analysis (TA) / Personal Effectiveness/ Personality Determinants / Evaluation of Personality / Training/ Types of Training and Training Process / Understanding theProcess of Learning / Learning in Training / Learning Organisationand Organisational Learning / Training Need Assessment /Designing Training Programme / Training Methods / Evaluationof Training Programmes

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 572 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-760-7 / 71/4x91/2

Personal Growth and Development play an integrated role in thegrowth and development of an economy. Since liberalization of theeconomic policies, the increased level of competition by themultinational corporations has put a lot of pressure on the HumanResource functions in domestic firms to prepare and develop theiremployees so that they can compete with the global firms in skills,efficiency and effectiveness.

This book extensively covers all the aspects relating to personalgrowth and development in an organization. Recent trends in thefield of personal growth – Moulding the Personality Pattern,Transactional Analysis (TA), Personal Effectiveness, Roles of Symbolsof Self, etc. – have also been included in the book. The fundamentalconcepts of personal growth and their applications have beenexplained in a very simple and lucid way.

The book covers almost the entire syllabus of Management,Professional and HR Institutes of Indian as well as foreign Universitieswith specific focus on the requirements of UP Technical University.This book is for the students of management and is equally useful forthe management practitioners and corporate people who recognizethe importance of Human Resource in their organizations and wantto learn the management of their workforce more effectively.

TEXTBOOK

Strategies for Performance ManagementDINESH K SRIVASTAVA, NITTIE, Mumbai

Overview of Human Resource Management/Conceptual Approachto Performance Management/Determinants of Job Performance/Personality and Job Performance/Antecedents of Job Performancein Two Organizations/Selection/Training and Development/Performance Appraisal/Compensation/Career Development/Enhancing Potential of Individuals and Teams/Creating HighPerformance Organizations

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2005 / 236 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 81-7446-446-8 / 61/4x91/2

Human ResourceManagementN K SINGH

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

1999 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 175ISBN: 81-7446-160-4 / 71/4x91/2

Human Resource Management/Job Description: Analysis & Evaluation/Human Resource Planning – Concept & Process/Recruitment &Selection/Performance Appraisal/Training & Development (T & D)/Wages & Compensation/Discipline & Grievance in Industry/Counseling & Mentoring/Collective Bargaining/Workers’ Participationin Management/Conflicts in Industry/Career & Succession Planning/Industrial Dispute.

TEXTBOOK

Page 25: Excel Catalog 2010

25

International HumanResource ManagementDR. NILANJAN SENGUPTADR. MOUSUMI S BHATTACHARYA

International Context of HRM/Strategic Planning/HRM inInternational Context: theories and models/Recruitment andSelection/Training and Development/Compensation Management/Performance Management/Industrial Relations/Role of Culture inIHRM/ Organizational processes influencing IHRM/Role of GlobalHR Managers/Women Expatriates/International Joint Venture/Hiring Inpatriate and Expatriate Managers: Choices and Dilemmasfor MNCs

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 316 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 81-7446-519-7 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

TEXTBOOK

The intention of this book is to portray the various factors that areconnected with managing Human Resources in International Business.Since the two are inseparable, any organization aspiring to participateas a player in international business must develop the knowledge, skillsand acumen to perceive the subtle nuances that govern the rules ofgame.

This book has sought to address some of the issues that relate toIHRM, which need to be logically understood by any keen observer ofinternational business, today. The approach of this book has been todetail IHRM both, in terms of a function, as well as a process and thefactors or key elements that are attached to them.

To make this book reader-friendly, chapter highlights have been addedat the beginning of each chapter to facilitate the reader to identify thebroader areas that may be learnt from a particular chapter. Each chapteralso contains detailed references and key terms. Conceptual questions,multiple choices, web-based exercises are some of the additional featuresof the book. Relevant diagrammatic representation, relevant case studyand list of web references have been also added in this book.

TEXTBOOK

International HumanResource ManagementText and Cases

P L RAO, Adjunct Professor, Human Resourceand Organisation Behaviour, Gitam Instituteof Foreign Trade, Visakhapatnam

Introduction: Overview /Organisational Structure in MNC andInternational Dimensions of HRM /International Staffing /Compensation and Benefits /Training and Development /Performance Management in International Organisations /Expatriation and Repatriation /Industrial Relations /SustainingInternational Business Operations /Managing People in InternationalContext /Indian Multinational Companies /Issues, Challenges andTheoretical Developments /Cultural Dimensions of HRM /CaseStudies

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 408 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-596-2 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

Personal EffectivenessDIANA WINSTANLEY

Designed to give students a grounding in personal development andprovide a context for their other studies, this new text on personaleffectiveness, written by a leading author, is suitable for use on a rangeof undergraduate and postgraduate modules, including those relatingto self-development, personal skills, learning and development,management skills, study skills and coaching, as part of general businessof HRM degrees. This text seeks to be both comprehensive andaccessible, through the use of learning aids.

Each chapter includes: Learning objectives and a synopsis of content Vignette examples to illustrate or demonstrate key points Self

assessment questions to check understanding References andfurther sources of informationThe text suggests ways of working and interacting, and incorporatesresearch and critical and analytical material in a way that is accessibleto all levels. It covers key topics in personal development including:Time management Team working Presentation skills Negotiationskills Assertiveness

2009 / 256 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-766-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Future of WorkMastering ChangeEDITORSPRITAM SINGH, JYOTSNA BHATNAGAR, ASHA BHANDARKERall at MDI, Gurgaon

2006 / 394 Pages / PB / Rs. 595ISBN: 81-7446-502-2 / 71/4x91/2

humanresource

management

Page 26: Excel Catalog 2010

26

humanresourcemanagement

Essentials ofOrganisation BehaviourP G AQUINAS

The field of Organisation Behaviour is intriguing, rich andhelpful. Topics like Motivation, Teamwork and Leadershiphave fascinated us for decades. Success in today’s competitivebusiness environment is increasingly a function of effective

Human ResourceDevelopment andOrganisationalEffectivenessKALYANI MOHANTYPADMALITA ROUTRAY

Modern organizations have widely focused on HumanResources for their success and sustainability. Almost alleffective organizations have become careful for thedevelopment and utilization of their human resourcesin order to achieve the goals of the organizations. Insuch a scenario, it has become imperative for theacademicians, practitioners, and professionals to exploreHuman Resource Management as a branch of study.Therefore, this book has been developed to help themanagement students and professionals to understandthe subject properly and enhance their knowledge aboutthe HRD network within the organization for itseffectiveness.

This book is divided into four parts. The first part dealswith HRD as a concept, its growth as an instrument forpeople’s development, different aspects of HRD, strategicHRD and HRD in international business. The secondpart defines the concept of organizational effectiveness,its models and measurement. The third part establishesthe link between HRD and organisational effectiveness.The fourth part deals with training as the majorinstrument of HRD.

The central idea of this book has been taken from themodel prepared by Prof T V Rao, explaining the linkagebetween HRD instruments, process, outcomes andorganizational effectiveness to project the subject vividlyaccording to the syllabus and requirements of differentuniversities and institutes.

PART IIntroduction to HRD l HRD Matrix / HRD Climateand Organisational Climate / Line Managers andHRD / Motivational Aspects of HRD / SupervisoryRole in HRD System / HRD Audit / Strategic HRD/ International HRDPART IIIntroduction to Organisational Effectiveness / Contextfor Organisational Effectiveness / Determinants ofOrganisational Effectiveness / Models ofOrganisational Effectiveness / MeasuringOrganisational EffectivenessPART IIIHRD and Organisational EffectivenessPART IVTraining and Human Resource Development

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-731-7 / 71/4x91/2

2009 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 175ISBN: 978-81-7446-733-1 / 71/4x91/2

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

Strategic LeadershipR K SAHUPRAGYA BHARTI

Understanding Strategy and Strategic Leadership / 4Es for a Strategic Leader /Becoming a Strategic Leader / Leaders Paradigm / Understanding OrganizationalTheories / Understanding Human Behaviour to Lead / Understanding BusinessDimensions / Leading with Values / Leadership vs. Managing / Leader as a Coach /Emotional Intelligence for Strategic Leadership / Spirituality: The Emerging Contextfor Business Leadership / Leaders’ Competencies / Is Your Leadership Effective? /Using Six Sigma to Drive Operational Excellence / Leaders’ Checkpoints and Keys /Leaders' Guide Kit

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

To understand the concept of strategic leadership andleader's competencies, this is the guidebook to read.Throughout this book, the importance of key strategic

human resource management. The quality of an organisation’s employees, theirenthusiasm, satisfaction with their jobs, and their sense of fair treatment, all have asignificant impact on the firm’s productivity, level of customer service, reputation andsurvival.

This book is about the ageless topics concerning how we live, work and thrive inorganisations. It seeks to present a realistic view of people working in the organisations.A consistent theme throughout the book is that effective management of organisationsrequires an understanding of organisational behaviour practice. It attempts to providethe basic foundation for practical application of theoretical concepts to the organisations.

This book is organised and presented in a sequence based on the characteristicscommon to all organizations. The book is divided into 9 chapters in all:

An Introduction to Organisational Behaviour / Perception / Motivation / Attitudes /Learning and Behaviour Modification / Personality and Conflict in Organisations /Group Dynamics / Leadership / Organisational Change

characteristics of a leader, emotional intelligence for strategic leadership and leader'scheckpoints have been discussed to provide a comprehensive coverage of the topic. Itexplains business dimensions, human behaviour and leaders paradigm in a very concisemanner. The book, through its text, emphasizes on 'Leading with Values' and effectiveleadership.

This is a complete resource book for CEOs, Strategic Business Unit Heads,Management Professionals, Leadership Consultants, Academicians, ManagementStudents, Entrepreneurs, Trainers and all individuals who want to understand theconcept of Strategic Leadership and implement it in the organization.

2009 / 600 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 978-81-7446-774-4 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Page 27: Excel Catalog 2010

27

Creating Wealth through StrategicHR and EntrepreneurshipEDITORSC GOPALAKRISHNAN, Chairperson, NirmaInternational Conference on Management

NINA MUNCHERJI, Chairperson, Nirma InternationalConference on Management

UPINDER DHAR, Director, J K Lakshmipat University,Jaipur

2009 / 612 Pages / PB / Rs. 695ISBN: 978-81-7446-702-7 / 71/4x91/2

Partners in Success

EDITORSNINA MUNCHERJI, Chairperson, Nirma InternationalConference on Management

C GOPALAKRISHNAN, Chairperson, NirmaInternational Conference on Management

UPINDER DHAR, Director, J K Lakshmipat University,Jaipur

2009 / 730 Pages / PB / Rs. 795ISBN: 978-81-7446-701-0 / 71/4x91/2

Strategic HR and Entrepreneurship

ManagingHuman Resources&Industrial RelationsTAPOMOY DEBTAPOMOY DEBTAPOMOY DEBTAPOMOY DEBTAPOMOY DEB

2009 / 670 Pages / PB / Rs. 395ISBN: 978-81-7446-699-0 / 81/4x11

This book provides a contemporary and comprehensive reviewof essential HRM and IR concepts and practices, in order toprovide rich insight into the vast and rapidly evolving subjectof human resource management. Considering the intenselycompetitive nature of contemporary business, this textbookpays attention to the application of human resourcemanagement tools, techniques and approaches in solvinghuman resource issues and problems in organizational settingsand situations to help the present day students to becomeeffective managers of tomorrow.

The book has been primarily designed as a textbook for thepostgraduate management students. It comprehensivelycovers the syllabi of various Indian management institutesand universities. It would serve as a valuable teaching aid andrepertoire of knowledge resource for the faculty. Professionalmanagers and consultants would find this book highlyinformative and would act as catalyst in fostering and leveraginghuman resource management systems and strategies in theirorganizations.

The entire conceptual framework of the text has been dividedinto four parts comprising 24 highly informative chapters.The contents are self-explanatory and have been logicallysub-divided so that the readers can clearly understand thetheoretical aspects and applications of the human resourcemanagement.

PART I: MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCES/ Historical Overview of Personnel Management / HumanResource Management / International Human ResourceManagement / Job Analysis, Job Description and JobSpecification / Human Resource Planning / Recruitmentand Selection / Employee Socialization / PerformanceAppraisal and Feedback / Human Resource Development/ Training and Development / Job Evaluation / EmployeeCompensation / Executive Compensation / Mentoring /Employee Retention / Talent Management / HR Audit /HR in Technology-driven Environment / HumanResource Management in Mergers and Acquisitions /PART II: MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRIALRELATIONS / Discipline and Grievance Management /Industrial Relations / Industrial Disputes Management /Participative Management / Collective Bargaining andNegotiation / PART III: PEDAGOGY / PART IV:Practice-Based Templates

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK

Student CD Included

Instructor Manual Available

Value Based Management forOrganizational ExcellenceEDITORSSANTOSH DHARUPINDER DHARRAJESH K JAINSAPNA PARASHAR

2009 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 395ISBN: 978-81-7446-711-9 / 71/4x91/2

Designing & Delivering TrainingDAVID SIMMONDS

The book focuses on the blend between theory andpractice. Each chapter specifically combines therelevant thinking with appropriate real-life evidence,through the use of pedagogical features. The text isaccessible, readable and comprehensive.

2009 / 228 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 978-81-7446-767-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

It is enhanced with features including:short, relevant scenarios/examples/illustrationscomprehensive references to the latest literaturechapter headings and sub-headings aligned to the structure of the professionalstandardthrough and comprehensive contents pages and indexinga glossary of training terms.

Instructor Manual Available

humanresource

management

Page 28: Excel Catalog 2010

28

humanresourcemanagement

Section A: Managing People — Strategy for 21st Century / HRD – AManagerial Responsibility / Corporate HRD and Education Sector – Interface/ Redefining Role of HRM in Contemporary Business Environment /Quality Circle for HRD / Training for Strategic Advantage in Industry /Culture Building Practices in SAIL / Development of Human Resources –The SAIL Approach / HRD Strategy for 21st Century / HRD Strategies toEnsure a Future – SAIL Perspective / Section B: Managerial Issues in theContext of HRD and Managers / Managing People – Concern and Challenges/ Effective Managerial Decision-making / Management of Change / Preparingfor the Challenges Ahead: From Good Engineer to Better Manager / CreatingCompetitive Advantage / Culture of Innovation and Creativity / Section C:Emerging Industrial Environment & Managerial Issues / Indian Industryat Crossroads / Economic Liberalisation – Need to Interface withMultinationals / Knowledge based Industries in India: Lessons andChallenges Ahead / Materials for 21st Century / "Competitiveness – ACompelling Need Today"–for Steel Industry

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Managing People

A K SINGH

strategy for 21st century

2008 / 132 Pages / PB / Rs. 245ISBN: 978-81-7446-678-5 / 71/4x91/2

OrganizationStructure and Design

P G AQUINAS

applications & challenges

Part A: The Organisation and its Environment:Organisations and Organisational Effectiveness / TheEvolution of Organisation Theory / Organisational Systemin the Global Environment / Organisational Effectivenessand its Measurement Part B: Organisation as a system:Foundations of Organisation Structure / Dimensions ofOrganisation Structure / Strategic Organisation Design/Part C: Job and the Design of work: Job and the Design ofWork / Basic Challenges of Organisational Design /Designing Organisational Structure / Part D: Organisationalchange and Managing conflict in organisation: ManagingOrganisational Change / Organisational Conflict and Inter-group Behaviour / Organisational Power and Politics PartE: Strategy and Structure for the future: Leadership andEmpowerment / Building a Learning Organisation /Knowledge Management / Organisational Revitalisation andEmotional Intelligence Part F: Creating and Managingorganisational culture: Creating and ManagingOrganizational Culture / Ethical Values in Organisation /Corporate Governance / Social Responsibility of Business

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 538 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 978-81-7446-682-2 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

In today's globalised era, e-commerce, outsourcing and telecommuting have become the new paradigm for organisationalfunctioning. Co-workers, located at different places/countries,are connected with each other through internet. This book iswritten in the context of these emerging workplace realities andseeks to present a realistic view of people working inorganisations. A consistent theme throughout the book is thatthe effective management of organisations requires anunderstanding of theory, research and practice. To engage thestudents in the modern world of organisations, this bookincorporates a number of distinctive, time-tested and interestingfeatures such as Corporate Insights, cases at the end of eachchapter and numerous review and discussion questions to enhancetheir learning and interest.

This book is organised and presented in a sequence based on thecharacteristics common to all the organisations Structure andProcesses. The book is divided into six parts: Part A deals withthe organisation and its environment. Part B elucidates theorganisation as a system. Part C illustrates job and the design ofwork. Part D deals with the dynamic aspects of the organisation.Part E offers information on the emerging concepts of theorganisation structure and design. Part F is the concluding partof the book that discusses the organisation culture and ethicalvalues in the organisation.

The book presents the new realities that are not just for managersbut for anyone who works in and around the organisations.

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

Competency Mapping

2009 / 310 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 978-81-7446-745-4 / 61/4x91/2

Concept of Competency / Competency Mapping Process / DevelopingCompetency Models / Competency Identification / Competency Assessment/ 360° Feedback and its Application in Competency Assessment /Assessment Centre and its Application in Competency Assessment /Applications of Competency Mapping / Commonly asked Questions onCompetency Mapping / Managerial Competencies with Definitions / Will& Skill Mapping of Manual Workers

R K SAHU

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK

The book is a complete resource book onCompetency Mapping for HR Professionals andConsultants, Professors of Human ResourceDevelopment, Management students,

Effective TeamworkMICHAEL WEST

128 Pages / PB / Rs. 90ISBN: 81-7446-038-1 / 51/2x81/2

Entrepreneurs, Trainers and all those individuals who want to understand theconcept of Competency Mapping and implement it in the organization.

Page 29: Excel Catalog 2010

29

Strategic HumanResourceManagementRAJIB LOCHAN DHAR,Assistant Professor, SymbiosisInstitute of InternationalBusiness, Symbiosis InternationalUniversity, Pune

Introduction to Strategic Management/Goal Setting – AStrategic Path to Success/Strategic Human ResourceManagement/Reward and Compensation Strategies/Trainingand Developing Strategies/Performance ManagementStrategies/Retrenchment Strategies/Human aspects of StrategyImplementation/Managing the Ageing Workforce/Developing HR as strategic value addition Function

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2008 / 332 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 978-81-7446-588-7 / 71/4x91/2

Strategic Human ResourceManagement andDevelopmentRICHARD REGIS, Director, School of Management,C. Abdul Hakeem College of Engineering andTechnology, Melvisharam

TEXTBOOK2008 / 420 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 978-81-7446-592-4 / 71/4x91/2

PART I: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT ANDDEVELOPMENT STRATEGIES /Meaning of Strategic HRD Management/HRD Functions and their Linkages to Business Goals /Strategic Approachto Industrial Relations /HRD as a Profession /HRD Assessment andAudit /PART II: ELECTRONIC HUMAN RESOURCEMANAGEMENT (E-HRM) /E-Selection and Recruitment /VirtualLearning Organization /E-Performance Management and CompensationDesign /Development and Implementation of HRIS /Designing of HRPortals /Issues in Employee Privacy /PART III: CROSS-CULTURALHRM /Domestic vs International HRM (IHRM) /Cross-culturalEducational and Training Programmes /Building a MulticulturalOrganization /Cross-border Merger, Acquisition and Repatriation /CurrentChallenges in Outsourcing /PART IV: CAREER AND COMPETENCYDEVELOPMENT /Concept of Career and Career Planning /ManagingCareer Plateau /Strategic Knowledge Management /Competencies and CareerManagement and Competency-based Compensation /PART V:EMPLOYEE DEVELOPMENT /Coaching /Counselling /EmployeesHealth and Welfare Programme /Work-related Stress /Self-managementand Emotional Intelligence /CASES

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

This book is interspersed with contemporary Indian cases and experience tofall back on to illustrate the different strategies HR has to play as a businesspartner. Issues in employee privacy in case of virtual organizations have beenvividly dealt with. The book explains career planning and development andcompensation packages in the context of competencies and balanced scorecard.When speed and alacrity are demanded of all the employees to stay ahead ofcompetition, the employees are required to put in extended hours and work ina stressful environment. Hence, the new-era HR professional has to resort todevelopmental activities through mentoring, coaching, counseling, stressmanagement and emotional balance. The book is divided into five parts.

Strategic HRM has gained much attention and has become atopic of global discussion. Throughout the world, aligning thehuman resource with the need of the business has been thetopic of discussion since quiet some period of time.

Looking into this aspect, Strategic HRM has been introducedas a subject in most of the management institutes – morespecifically in India. Keeping all these factors in view, the presentbook has been developed by the author considering the differentaspects of Strategic HRM. This book has been divided intoeleven chapters.

Instructor Manual Available

Instructor Manual Available

Appraising & Developing ManagerialPerformanceT V RAO, T V Rao Learning Systems, Ahmedabad

1999 / 344 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 81-7446-169-8 / 51/2x81/2

TEXTBOOK

Organizational BehaviourARCHANA TYAGI, IMT, Ghaziabad

1998 / 318 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 81-7446-079-9 / 71/4x91/2

humanresource

management

Industrial RelationsM ARORA, Independent Consultant, Mumbai

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK1999 / 322 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 81-7446-184-1 / 71/4x91/2

Industrial Relations: History/ Trade Unionism/CollectiveBargaining/Participative Management/Employee Grievances/Industrial Disputes: Prevention/Disciplinary Proceedings/Industrial Relations: Settlement/Future Scenario of Union-Management Relationship/Reports and Bills/Labour Welfareand Social Security/Wage Policy, Regulations and Bonus/Relevant Features of Some Acts

Instructor Manual Available

HR can WinDR. K SURESH KUMAR

2008 / 128 Pages / PB / Rs. 175ISBN: 978-81-7446-614-3 / 61/4x91/2

Page 30: Excel Catalog 2010

30

humanresourcemanagement

Human ResourceManagementMADHURIMA LALL, Reader,Applied Economics, Faculty ofCommerce, Lucknow University,Lucknow, India.

SAKINA QASIM ZAIDI, AssistantProfessor, Institute of Environmentand Management, Lucknow, India.

Human Resource Management: An Introduction / HumanResource Planning / Job Analysis and Design /Recruitment and Selection / Performance Appraisal /Training and Development / Job Evaluation and JobSatisfaction / Fringe Benefits and Incentives / EmployeesRemuneration: Reward Management, Wage and SalaryAdministration / Industrial Relations / Industrial Conflict/ Human Resource Information System / ContemporaryIssues in Human Resource Management / Business ProcessOutsourcing / Human Resource Accounting / RedefiningLeadership Styles / Global HR Practices / ImprovingCross-cultural Training: Lessons from European andAmerican Managers in Morocco / Managing MutualInterests in Glocalisation through Market Orientation ofWorkers’ Skills – A Study on Skilled and Semi-skilledWorkforce Arriving in UK / Small Business LearningNetworks Growth Rate and Operational Efficiency /Exploring Best Practice HRD in the Small Firm: TheCase of the Irish Hotel Sector / Embedded HR-practicesin SMEs – How they Enhance Performance and Learning/ Explaining Differences in Team Performance: Does TeamLearning Behaviour Matter? / The Impact of HumanResource Management Practices on OrganisationalPerformance / Blended Learning as a Tool for HumanResource Development in a Global Context / Globalisationversus Glocalisation: Implications for HRD

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 612 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 978-81-7446-685-3 / 71/4x91/2

Performance Appraisal andManagement

TAPOMOY DEB

Concepts, Antecedents and Implications

The book addresses the contemporary concepts,processes, programmes, methodologies and legal,ethical and cultural issues associated with appraisingexecutive and employee performance. The book is

PART A: Concepts of Performance Management and Appraisal/Introductionand Approach / Competitive Advantage through Human Resources /Performance Management and Appraisal / Performance Appraisal System /PART B: Antecedents of Performance Appraisal and Management/Introduction and Approach / Motivation and Organizational Justice /Leadership / Counseling and Mentoring/PART C: Implications ofPerformance Appraisal and Management/Introduction and Approach /Compensation Management / Career Development / Training and Mobility/ Knowledge Management / PART D: Performance Appraisal Case Studies /Introduction and Approach / Relevant Case Studies / PART E: PerformanceAppraisal Forms and Epilogue: the Final Thought /Introduction andApproach/Employee Appraisal Forms or Executive Appraisal Forms andwith Poser

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 396 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-673-0 / 71/4x91/2

Salient features of this book are as follows:

Deals with global HR trends and practices includingglobal case studies for better comprehension andunderstanding of the subject.

Extensively covers all the Human Resource Functionsperformed in an organization.

The fundamental concepts of HRM and theirapplications have been explained in a very simple andlucid manner.

Recent trends in the field of human resources such as360 degree Appraisal, HR Outsourcing, EmotionalIntelligence, HR Accounting, Knowledge Managementhave also been included in the book.

It has an exclusive section for advanced studies in researchcovering the human resource aspect from the globalperspective.

The book covers almost the entire syllabus of HRM of Indianas well as foreign universities, management and HR institutesand various enterprises/ organizations.

The book addresses various important frameworks,ethical and cultural issues, programmes, policies andstrategies for managing compensation and benefitsfrom organizational, executive and employee

Compensation Managementtext & cases

TAPOMOY DEB

enriched with extensive and rich pedagogical tools, relevant case studies, andnumerous caselets of organizational practices for facilitating easy grasp andunderstanding of essential constructs of performance appraisal and management.It is also highly useful for HR practitioners, Business Managers and ManagementTrainers.

perspectives. The book is enriched with extensive and rich pedagogical tools, andcontains several caselets of organizational practices, case studies, numerousdiagrams, and revision points for facilitating easy grasp, understanding and revisionof essential constructs of compensation management. It would be highly usefulfor HR practitioners, Business Managers and Management Trainers.

PART A: Compensation Management / Introduction to CompensationManagement / Foundation of Compensation Management / PART B: Processof Compensation Management /Compensation and Job Evaluation /Architecture of Compensation Management / Behavioural Dimensions ofCompensation Management / PART C: Performance Linked Compensation/ Managing Performance / Rewarding Performance / PART D: CompensationAdministration / Corporate Considerations in Compensation / PART E:Executive Compensation / Nature of Executive Compensation / ManagingExecutive Compensation / ‘Epilogue’ The Final Thought / Case Studies /References and Selected Bibliography / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 416 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 978-81-7446-690-7 / 71/4x91/2

TEXTBOOKTEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOKInstructor Manual Available

Instructor Manual AvailableInstructor Manual Available

Page 31: Excel Catalog 2010

31

Human ResourceDevelopmenta researcher’sperspective

R KRISHNAVENI

Introduction to Human Resource Development /HRD: A Conceptual Analysis / An Understandingof Employee Behaviour / Learning and HumanResource Development / Analyzing the Role forDevelopment / Employee Socialization / PerformanceManagement / Performance Review, Feedback andCounselling / Assessment Centre / SuccessionPlanning / Training and Development / Identificationof Training Need / Designing of the Training andDevelopment Programme / Implementation ofTraining and Development Programme / Innovationsin Training Techniques / Evaluation of Training andDevelopment Programmes / Transfer of Training /Coaching and Mentoring / Development of a Reliableand Valid HRD Instrument / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 396 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-643-3 / 71/4x91/2

Technological Change andManpower DevelopmentDIPAK KUMAR BHATTACHARYYA

Globalisation, Technology and Human Resource Issues / Technology and Culture/ Technology Management / Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills /Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits / Training and Development/ Performance Management Systems / Innovation and New Technology / BalancedScorecard, Competency Mapping and Knowledge Management for New-ageTechnology

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 166 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 978-81-7446-638-9 / 71/4x91/2

Human Resource Development (HRD) is fundamentalin generating and implementing the tools needed to manageand operate the organization right from the production,management, marketing and sales to research anddevelopment, in order to be more productive. This canbe done by making people sufficiently motivated, trained,informed, managed, utilized and empowered. Thus, HRDforms a major part of human resource managementactivities in the organizations.

This book has been carefully developed keeping in mindthe requirements of all the varied segments that could usethis book extensively and specifically for the studentswho have chosen HR elective and scholars pursuingresearch in the broad field of HR.

The book is divided into nineteen chapters and eachchapter is backed by illustrations, exercises and casestudies, appropriately. The first two chapters start withthe introduction to the field. The third and fourthchapters give an introduction to how HRD plays a role inlearning the behavior of employees. Rest of the chapters– five to eighteen – deal with various functions of HRD.Finally, the last chapter brings out a detail methodologyof how to develop a validated instrument which could beused for survey research in the HR field.

The book has been written in very simple and easilyunderstandable manner with relevant quoted referencesfrom earlier researches in this field. This will definitelyhelp the readers to refer the source material, if detailreading is required.

This book is an attempt to discuss all the aspects of manpower development issues intechnological era. The book provides a comprehensive text for HR students. Itaddresses the organizations’ requirement to practice the technology managementissues, focusing more on human resource functions. Some key areas explained in thisbook are – training and development, compensation, performance management,new skill development issues, management of change, etc. The book deals with somenew-age tools like Balance Scorecard, HR Scorecard, Competency Mapping andKnowledge Management Areas which are commonly used in this new-age technologyera, to track, measure and develop manpower to sustain in competition.

In the absence of a customised textbook in this area of study, this book has beendeveloped to understand intricate technological change issues, especially those whichinfluence HR functions and manpower development aspects.

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

humanresource

management

Training for Development

R K SAHU, HRD Centre, New Delhi

all you need to know

Concept of Training/Role, Need and Importance of Training/Types of Training/Role of Stakeholders in Training/Principles of Adult Learning/Understanding theProcess of Learning in a Training Programme/Developing an Integrated Approachto Learning in Training Programme/Training Needs Assessment (TNA)/Levels ofTraining Needs/ Designing Training Programmes/Training Programme Delivery/Methods of Conducting Training/Developing Audio-visual Materials/Characteristicsof High-impact Course Material/Measuring Impact of Training/Levels of TrainingImpact Evaluation

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2005 / 332 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 81-7446-447-6 / 61/4x91/2

Page 32: Excel Catalog 2010

32

humanresourcemanagement

Management and OrganizationalBehaviourJAYANTEE (MUKHERJEE) SAHA

Introduction to Management/Planning/Controlling/An Introduction to HumanResources Management/Quality of Working Life/The study of OrganisationalBehaviour/Learning/Personality/Perception/Motivation/Leadership/Teams/Communication/Conflict/Organisation Culture/An introduction to'Transactional Analysis'/Organisation Change and Development/AnIntroduction to Attitude, and Ethics/Trends in International Business/Organisational Power and Politics

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2006 / 536 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 81-7446-468-9 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

Human ResourceManagement

second edition

DIPAK KUMARBHATTACHARYYA, IISWBM,Kolkata

BLOCK 1:INTRODUCTION/Introduction to HumanResource Management and Human ResourceDevelopment/Human Resource Policies and Strategies/Strategic Human Resource Management (SHRM)/BLOCK 2: HUMAN RESOURCE PROCUREMENT/Productivity, Technology and HRM/Job Analysis andJob Design/Human Resource Planning/Human ResourcePlanning Process/Recruitment, Selection and Induction/BLOCK 3: DEVELOPMENT/Training andDevelopment/Performance Appraisal and PerformanceManagement Systems/Career Planning and Development/Skills and Multi-Skilling/BLOCK 4: EMPLOYEECOMPENSATION/Wages and Salary Administration/BLOCK 5: EMPLOYEE MOBILITY/Promotions andTransfer/BLOCK 6: EMPLOYEE RETENTION/Employee Motivation/BLOCK 7: SYSTEM AND HR/Human Resource Information Systems/Human ResourceManagement Research/Human Resource Costs/HumanResource Accounting and Audit/BLOCK 8: EMPLOYEERELATIONS/Discipline and Grievance Handling/TradeUnions and Labour/Collective Bargaining/Introductionto Labour Laws/BLOCK 9: EMERGING ISSUES/International Human Resource Management/CurrentTrends in Human Resource Management

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2006 / 680 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 81-7446-500-6 / 81/2x11

Emerging Paradigms

B D SINGH, Professor, Human Resource Management,IMT, Ghaziabad

Industrial Relationssecond edition

TEXTBOOK

Background to Industrial Relations / Evolution of Industrial Relations in India/ Changing Profiles of Major Stakeholders of Industrial Relations in India /Management of Conflicts in Industry / Positive Employee Relations /Miscellaneous Burning Topics in Industrial Relations / International Dimensionof Industrial Relations

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 552 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-619-8 / 71/4x91/2

HRM boasts of a vast literature globally. This book, howeverplaces HRM in an Indian context with an overview of trendsand developments, worldwide.

A book written with a simplistic and fundamental approach,it analyses the basic foundation principles of HRM. Also,keeping in view the need for international issues, the bookdiscusses and debates on topics like Multiskilling, ManpowerRedundancy, Human Resource Information Systems (HRIS)and Human Resource Costs. Theoretical discussionsreinforced with Practical examples, Case studies, Scenarioanalysis and Role-play lend an analytical perspective into theHRM theory. Mathematical illustrations and current statisticsfurther enrich the reader's knowledge and HR skills. Eachunit being a self contained learning module, some overlappingissues have been rediscussed in brief to help the readersunderstand the interrelation. It is designed keeping in mindthe MBA and BBA curriculum of Universities & ManagementInstitutes.

The book aims to be a thorough study manual for studentsand a reference guide for HR practitioners.

Instructor Manual Available

The notion of Industrial Relations (IR) developed asa countervailing force to contain the exploitativedesigns of employers. As a result, readers perceived it

Instructor Manual Available

as a confrontational concept rather than cooperational. But in a post-industrialsociety, the changing scenario of market and industries has made this clear thatteaching Organizational Behaviour (OB) and Human Resource (HR), withoutkeeping Industrial Relations in view, has no meaning.

Existing literature on industrial relations is either lopsided or sketchy. Therefore,an attempt has been made to present a broad perspective of the subject todevelop a correct perception about it. The book provides a holistic andcomprehensive picture of employee relations, conflict resolution, mutual benefitsand relationship-building activities. It focuses more on building positive industrialrelations in an attempt to integrate OB, HR and IR into a monolithic whole.The book is intended to cater to the needs of students and budding managers.

The book also includes some topics on international industrial relations andsome burning issues of Indian Business sector like managing contract labour,sexual harassment etc. Some case studies on indusrial relations and new emergingareas like China and South-Asian countries have also been covered in the book.The book will be extremely useful to the students and researchers in providingpractical insights into industrial relations.

Page 33: Excel Catalog 2010

33

Managing Conflict andNegotiationB D SINGH

2008 / 298 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-642-6 / 71/4x91/2

Part I Managing Conflict / Concept and Importance of Conflict / Organizationas Network of Relations and Conflicts / Nature of Conflict / Sources ofConflict / Processes and Dynamics of Conflict / Classification of Conflict /Strategy and Management of Conflict / Part II Managing Negotiation /Managing Negotiation / Planning for Negotiation / Strategies and Tactics ofNegotiation / Negotiating Processes / The Third Party Intervention – Litigation/Conciliation/Arbitration / Role of Power in Negotiation / Role ofCommunication / Role of Influencing Style in Negotiation / Cross-culturalDimension of Negotiation / Glimpses into Some Aspects of InternationalNegotiation / Ethics and Negotiation / Negotiating with Prospective Employer/ Some Suggested Practices to be Followed in Negotiation / Part III RelevantCases / Relevant Cases

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

This book deals with different conceptual aspects of conflict and its effectivemanagement. The most popular and effective style of resolving conflict is throughdialogue, which is popularly known as negotiation. Through negotiation peopledeal with differences, which they do, consciously or unconsciously, throughouttheir lives. The part of the book dealing with negotiation, takes care of thedetails about different aspects of negotiation — strategies, preparations, processesand multicultural and ethical dimensions related to it.

The book contains live cases, which will provide useful insight on the theoreticaland conceptual aspects to the students. The book will go a long way in meetingwith the requirements of the management students by providing consolidatedmaterial on the subject.

TEXTBOOK

HR through CaseStudiesRAVI DHARMARAO

2009 / 142 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-757-7 / 71/4x91/2

humanresource

managementPerformanceManagementSystemR K SAHU, National HRDCentre, New Delhi

A complete guide for HR Professionals & Consultants,Professors of Human Resource Development & ManagementStudents, Enterpreneurs, Trainers and all individuals who wantto understand the concept of Performance Management System& Implement it in the organisation.

TEXTBOOK2006 / 284 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 81-7446-512-X / 61/4x91/2

Performance Management System (PMS) – An Overview /Performance Appraisal / The Goals Oriented PMS Cycle /Essential Features of Effective Performance ManagementSystem / Tried and Tested Tips for Performance Managementof People / Organizational Goal Linked PerformanceAppraisal Model / A Model Performance Appraisal Format/ Action Planning After Goal Setting / Performance AppraisalSystem for Supervisory Staff (SS) and General Staff (GS)and Shop Floor Workers / Performance Feedback / How toImprove the Effectiveness of Performance Management byOvercoming the Root Cause of the Problem / Concepts ofRewards in Organizational Context / Performance AppraisalLinked Annual Salary Increments / Performance AppraisalLinked Career Planning and Promotion Policy /Performance Linked Remuneration System: InnovativeApproaches / Performance Linked Annual Salary Incrementsof Shopfloor Operatives / Diagnosing PerformanceProblems / Appraising Individuals in Cross-FunctionalTeams / Appraisal Blues / Corporate PerformanceManagement: What Finance must do to Move the Needle /Ten Ways to Take the “Success” out of Succession Planning/ The Conditions of Performance: Factors that Help orHinder / 360 Performance Appraisal / The True Value ofHiring and Retaining Top Performers / How Effective isyour Organisation in Performance Management / Are yourEvaluations Linking Rewards to Performance? / PMS inAction- I / PMS in Action- II / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Performance Measurement and ManagementEDITED BYG K SURI, IMI, New DelhiC S VENKATA RATNAM, Director, IMI,N K GUPTA

2004 / 322 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 81-7446-395-X / 51/2x81/2

EDITED BY: V K JAIN, Director(MCA), Pioneer Institute ofProfessional Studies, Indore

Strategies forOrganizationalExcellence

2009 / 354 Pages / PB / Rs. 595ISBN: 978-81-7446-784-3 / 71/4x91/2

Page 34: Excel Catalog 2010

34

humanresourcemanagement

TEXTBOOK

Enriching HumanCapital throughTraining andDevelopmentP L RAO

HR is now considered as human capital and muchimportance is given to the development and training ofthis unique resource. The one area in HR that found globalvisibility is training. Training has a direct relationship toHR’s concern about human capital development andglobalisation of workforce. People want to study at theirown pace and time. The exciting development area istherefore e-learning.

Keeping the above developments in view, it is imperativethat business organisations should develop their owninternal resources for training and development of theirworkforce. While giving stress on managementdevelopment, most organizations ignore development andtraining of operatives who constitute the bulwark of theirhuman capital. This aspect has been suitably taken care ofin this book.

This comprehensive book covers all aspects of training anddevelopment—starting from conceptual inputs tomanagement of training environment, instructor’scompetencies, transfer of learning, IT based training, tomention a few should be presented to line managers.

The book is divided into four parts—Training andDevelopment, Training Delivery, Evaluation of Training,and the last part containing eleven Appendices relating tothe Text.

Attempt has been made to present the subject in a succinctand lucid manner, bringing the latest on the subject. Thetext focuses not only on the traditional training methods,but also on the importance of development dimensions.This comprehensive compendium on training anddevelopment, sprinkled with copious examples, will beuseful for the budding trainers, HR practitioners andacademicians alike.

Introduction to Training and Development/TrainingNeeds Assessment/All about Learning/EffectiveTrainer: Instructor’s Competencies/Management ofTraining Environment/Training Methods withIllustrations/Effectiveness and Evaluation of Training/Development Discussions on Human Resource/NewAreas in Training and Development/Organisation ofTraining/Strategic Training with Reference to StrategicHuman Resource Management

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 370 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-563-4 / 71/4x91/2

G PANDU NAIK

Training and Development

HRD Solutions for Excellence

Text, Research and Cases

Introduction to Training and Development/Theories of Adult Learning/NeedsAnalysis of Training/Design and Development/Implementation/TrainingEvaluation/Teaching and Facilitation Skills/Selection and Training of Trainers/Training Aids/Legal and Ethical Issues in HRD/Classroom Methods/OutwardBound Methods/E-learning/Community Camp/On the Job Methods/Coachingfor Performance Improvement/Mentoring/ Executive Coaching for Leadership/Developmental Job Assignment/Employee Counselling/Higher Education forEmployed People

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 518 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-565-8 / 71/4x91/2

TEXTBOOK

Recipient of ISTD Book Award- 2008

Instructor Manual Available

This book is a pioneering work to understand the HRD function from basic toadvanced level and its application for adding value to business. Apart from the textthe research findings and the case studies bring immense value to the reader. Sufficientnumber of pictures, tables and charts have also been used in the book to help thereader for easy understanding. The simple language and relevant examples used inthis book enhances understanding even the most difficult concepts.

Globalization andHuman Resource ManagementSUJATA MANGARAJ, RCM, Bhubaneshwar

2008 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-7446-611-2 / 71/4x91/2

The PerformanceConnection

2007 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 395ISBN: 978-81-7446-568-9 / 61/4x91/2

DENNIS DEWILDEGEOFF ANDERSON

Page 35: Excel Catalog 2010

35

Human Resource Planningsecond edition

D K BHATTACHARYYA, IISWBM, Kolkata

Human Resource Management/HumanResource Policies and Strategies/StrategicHuman Resource Planning/HumanResource Planning/Human ResourcePlanning Process/Productivity, Technologyand HRP/Job Analysis, Description, and JobEvaluation/HRP, Recruitment, Selection andInduction/Career Planning, Developmentand Succession Planning/Training andPerformance Appraisal/Skills and MultiSkilling/HRP, Transfer, Promotions and JobRotation/Human Resource InformationSystems/Human Resource Costs/HumanResource Accounting and Audit/EmergingTrends and Issues in HRP

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Human Resource Planning has globally becomea much discussed issue. Throughout the world,manpower redundancy has become so commonthat it is no more catching the attention of media,India is also no exception to this.

Many management institutions and universitieshave now included HRP as a core paper for theirMBA curriculum. We really do not have adequateliterature in HRP—more specifically to Indiansituations. Apart from this, corporate practitionersalso like to get some insight to the nitty-gritty ofHRP. Keeping all these factors in view, the presentbook has been developed by the authorconsidering the different aspects of HRP. Thebook aims to fulfill the need for MBA course onHRP and also for the practitioners as a referencemanual to help successful HRP practice inorganizations.

TEXTBOOK2006 / 464 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 81-7446-498-0 / 71/4x91/2

MOUSUMI S. BHATTACHARYANILANJAN SENGUPTA

Compensation Management

Compensation Management is an emerging discipline in thehuman resource management field which intends to leveragecompensation as a key resource to gain and sustain competitive

TEXTBOOK2008 / 210 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 978-81-7446-696-9 / 71/4x91/2

Introduction to Compensation Management / Theories related to CompensationManagement / Job Analysis / Job Evaluation / Performance Appraisal / Performance-relatedPay / Person Based Compensation / Wage Differentials / Wage Fixation / Pay Design andPay Structure / Executive Compensation / International Compensation Management /Compensation Management: Strategic Perspective

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Instructor Manual Available

Compensation and RewardManagementB D SINGH, IMT, Ghaziabad

Some of the special features of the book are:Conceptual dimension of C & R and its emerging trends, including the concept of threeP-compensation system.Theoretical base—both economic and behavioral.Micro and Macro perspectives of C & R.Traditional and emerging pay structures.Performance Linked Compensation and Variable Compensation.Managerial Pay including CEO's Compensation.Expatriate Compensation.Tax Plan etc.

This book will be of immense helps to students as well as practicing managers.

2007 / 380 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 81-7446-546-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Compensation and Reward Management remains one of themost critical issues of human resource management from thestandpoints of both the employer and the employees. The

employer wants to offer the most attractive pay package in order to attract the most talentedemployees from the market and at the same time wants to keep his compensation cost undercontrol. In the same way, employees want to bargain for the best pay package along with thecareer opportunities and better work culture from the employer. Therefore, C & R becomesvery important and strategic in human resource management. The student must know thebasics and fundamentals of compensation and reward management and the emerging trends.This book precisely provides this in a simple and effective manner.

There has been no comprehensive book in this area in the Indian context. This book fills thegap. The book provides live cases from industries, which provide opportunities to the studentsfor developing practical insight in the subject.

advantage by organizations in a globalized economy. Compensation management is a vastand dynamic discipline which seeks to bridge the longstanding gap in the Indian context of aquality and comprehensive textbook on compensation management. It is highly useful formanagement students, teachers and professionals at the same time.

Instructor Manual Available

humanresource

management

Page 36: Excel Catalog 2010

36

OrganisationBehaviour

P G AQUINAS, AloysiusInstitute of BusinessAdministration (AIBA),St. Aloysius College,Mangalore

Some Distinctive Pedagogical Features:Organizational Behaviour offers a number ofdistinctive, time tested and interesting features forstudents as well as new and innovative features. Thesefeatures should facilitate the students' acquisition andretention of the material.

Learning objectives focus student attention onupcoming chapter content and show whathappens to the manager or organization.Cases at the end of the chapter provide studentsan opportunity to apply their knowledge inmaking managerial decisions andrecommendations.Numerous review and discussion questions followeach chapter. These questions are designed toenhance student learning and interest.

PART 1 FOUNDATIONS OFORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR/AnIntroduction to Organizational Behaviour/Issuesand Research Methods in OrganizationalBehaviour/A Conceptual Model forOrganizational Behaviour/PART 2 INDIVIDUAL PROCESSES ANDBEHAVIOUR/Personal i ty/Pe rcept ion,Attribution and Individual Decision Making/Attitudes, Values, Ethics and Job Satisfaction/Basic Motivation Concepts/Motivation inOrganizations/Learning and PerformanceManagement/Stress and Well-being at Work/PART 3 GROUP BEHAVIOUR/Foundationsof Group Behaviour/The Informal Organizationand Understanding Work Teams/Communication/Leadership/BehaviouralAspects of Decision Making/OrganizationalConflict and Inter-group Behaviour/Organizational Power and Politics/PART 4 THEORGANIZATION SYSTEM/Foundations ofOrganization Structure/Strategic OrganizationDesign/Job and the Design of Work/Organizational Culture/PART 5ORGANIZATIONAL DYNAMICS/ManagingChange/Organization Development

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2006 / 424 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 81-7446-474-3 / 81/4x11

Instructor Manual Available

Comprehensive Human Resource ManagementP L RAO, Managing Director, Polar Management Services (P) Ltd

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Instruction Manual (CD) for faculty members available on request.

2004 / 344 Pages / 71/4x91/2

HB / Rs. 750 / ISBN: 81-7446-374-7PB / Rs. 275 / ISBN: 81-7446-373-9

PART-I Introduction/Human Resource Management/PART-II Human ResourceAcquisition/Human Resource Planning/Recruitment/Employee/Socialising the NewEmployee/PART-III Human Resource Maintenance/Compensation Management/Understanding And Maintaining HR/PART-IV Human Resource Integration/Integration/People Skills/PART-V Human Relations/Employee Relations/IndustrialRelations/PART-VI Development & Evaluation of HR/Education/Training/Development/PART- VII Modern Human Resource Management/Human ResourceProcess/Quality Management/HRM In New Technology/PART-VIII HRM - NewFrontiers/ International HRM

TEXTBOOK

Human Resource Managementsecond edition

text and cases

V S P RAO

The book presents the fundamentals of Human Resource Management in a simple,lucid and easily understandable style. It provides a comprehensive coverage to a vast,growing discipline – well supported by a wealth of research data collected from multifarioussources, potently and carefully. A notable feature of the book is that it gives extensivecoverage to HRD topics. The book contains a number of informative tables, summaryboxes and useful diagrams. It is also liberally sprinkled with current examples andillustrations designed to convey the information in an uncomplicated manner. The bookis primarily meant for students pursuing advanced courses in Human ResourceManagement such as MBA, PGDBA, M Com and IAS.

TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available2005 / 710 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 81-7446-448-4 / 81/4x11

The Strategic Role of Human Resources Management / Personnel Management:Functions, Policies and Roles / HRM in a Dynamic Environment / Job Analysis /Human Resource Planning / Recruitment / Selection / Placement, Induction, InternalMobility and Separations / Training / Executive Development / Career and SuccessionPlanning / HRD in India / Job Design, Work Scheduling and Motivation / JobEvaluation / Performance and Potential Appraisal / Compensation Administration /Incentives and Employee Benefits / Health and Safety / Employee Welfare / SocialSecurity / Teams and Team Work / Employee Grievances and Discipline / CollectiveBargaining / Participation and Empowerment / Trade Unions and Employers’Associations / Industrial Relations and Industrial Disputes / Personnel Records,Audit and Research / Human Resource Accounting and Information System / JobStress, Counselling and Mentoring / International Human Resource Management /Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

humanresourcemanagement

Page 37: Excel Catalog 2010

37

humanresourcemanagement

This book has a comprehensive coverage of 360 degree feedback,performance management system, linking 360 degree feedbackwith performance management and finally pay strategies. The

360 Degree Feedback and PerformanceManagement SystemEDITORS: T V RAO, RAJU RAO

Volume One

360 Degree Feedback and PerformanceManagement SystemEDITORS: T V RAO, GOPAL MAHAPATRA, RAJU RAO,NANDINI CHAWLA

Volume Two

This is competency era. Organizations with competent peopleare likely to go ahead. How do you know if you have competentpeople? How do you know if you are one of them? 360 degree

second edition

360 Degree Feedback and Assessment &Development Centres

Volume Three

EDITORS:T V RAO,NANDINI CHAWLA

360 Degree Feedback, often used in tandem with Assessment andDevelopment Centres, is a powerful technique pioneered in Indiaby TV Rao Learning Systems, who have over the last five years

2000 / 306 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 81-7446-206-6 / 51/2x81/2

2002 / 268 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 81-7446-315-1 / 51/2x81/2

primary objective of TVRLS in compiling this book is to encourage more indigenousinnovations and enhance learning through mutual sharing.

Assessment and Feedback has come to be accepted as a good tool for competency assessmentand leadership building.

TVRLS has developed its own models of competency and leadership building (RSDQ)through 360 Degree Assessment. This book is the outcome of the experience shared at thesecond conference on 360 Degree Feedback and performance insights into how IndianOrganization are using 360 DF and PMS to improve themselves.

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK2005 / 352 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 81-7446-414-X / 51/2x81/2

applied this very successfully to many of India's large companies.

This volume, the third and last in the series, is an indispensable corollary and companion tothe second volume, in as much as the focus is on Leadership Development, one of the mosturgently felt needs of the Corporate sector. Spurred on by the threats and opportunities ofglobal competition, companies are now focusing on developing talented leaders. This book,in mapping the terrain and the strategies needed to compete, focuses inter alia on:

Assessment Centres

New Case Studies Pertaining to Top Indian Corporates

Critical essays pertaining to Competency Mapping, 360 Degree Feedback, AssessmentCentres, and Mergers & Acquisitions

In-house Work by Organizations without outside Assistance

These vital issues explored in elaborate detail in this book will be appreciated not only bypracticing HR professionals and senior executives, but also by management students.

A Textbookon Principles& Practice ofLifeInsuranceG KRISHNASWAMY

2009 / 312 Pages / PB / Rs. 360ISBN: 978-81-7446-712-6 / 71/4x91/2

History of Insurance and Insurance Contract/ Distribution Channel / Life InsuranceProducts / Concept of Premium, Investmentand Solvency Margin / Life InsuranceUnderwriting / Insurance Documents,Conditions and Privileges / Survival BenefitClaim, Maturity Claim and Death Claim /Office Management, Information Technology,etc. / Legislative Matters / Financial Planningand Insurance Marketing

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK

This book is an effort by the author, who hasbeen associated with the Life Insurance industryfor almost half a century, to impart extensiveknowledge in each subject. The book shouldideally be possessed by the employees of everyLife Insurance company besides helping the MBAstudents to acquire the working knowledge inLife Insurance.

insurance

Sell CroresEarn Lakhs

S M DEVADASON

Introduction for New Entrants/BuildingSelf-Confidence/Goal Setting/Planning toWin/Prospecting - Finding Gold in theRocks /Pre -Approach/Ent ry /ThePresentation/Objection Handling/Negotiation/Closing/After Sales Service/From the Internet/Quick Comparisonsof some of the life Insurance Plans of LICand some other Companies/CustomerPsychology/ A Day in the life of anInsurance Professional

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

how to sell lifeinsurance forhigh income

2006 / 212 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 81-7446-513-8 / 61/4x91/2

Page 38: Excel Catalog 2010

38

Marketing StrategyANIL MISHRAAMIT MISHRA

This book emphasises specifically at marketing strategy and, in particular,the strategy concerning the formulation and implementation of themarketing mix. The successful implementation of the marketing mix leadsto satisfaction of customer wants and needs and increases the likelihood of

Marketing and Strategy: A Modern Prospect / Researching Markets and the Consumer Base / ProductStrategies / Pricing Strategies / Promotion Mix / Place Mix Strategies / Assessing the Capabilities ofCompetitors / Understanding the Requirements of Consumers / Mapping the Competency Profile ofthe Company / Identifying the Market Structure and Trends / Marketing Environment

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2010 / 332 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 978-81-7446-831-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

insurance

Principles of InsuranceManagement

NEELAM C GULATI, ProgrammeDirector, Exclusive ICWAI StudyCentre, Faridabad

A Special Focus on Developmentsin Indian Insurance Sector —Pre and Post Liberalisation

CONTENTS INCLUDE:The Concept of Risk/TheEvolution and Meaning ofInsurance/Essentials of InsuranceContracts/Risk Appraisal andSelection/Premium/Classificationof Insurance/Basics of LifeInsurance/Life InsuranceDocuments/Classification of LifeInsurance Policies/Annutities/Claims Management in LifeInsurance/Principles of GeneralInsurance/General InsuranceBusiness/Fire and MotorInsurance/Nature of MarineInsurance Contract/MarineLosses/Reinsurance/InformationTechnology, the Key to Success ofInsurance Services/InsuranceDistribution in India/Ethics inInsurance Distribution/LossPrevention and Control

2007 / 338 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 81-7446-556-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

This book is a comprehensive insightinto basics of insurance and types ofinsurance with a special focus on thelife insurance industry. This book hasbeen written keeping in mind mainlythe interest of students pursuingspecialization in insurance both atgraduate and postgraduate level. Thisbook will be of benefit to studentsappearing for various diplomas ininsurance as well as to the insuranceindustry professionals at large.

Instructor Manual Available

R K SRIVASTAVA

Negotiation and Selling

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK

Negotiation / Types of Negotiation / Preparing for Negotiation / Organisational Structure—TheInterface for Negotiation / Impact of Culture on Negotiation / International Negotiation / Negotiation- How Can it be taught Effectively to Students? (Article) / Understanding Culture in InternationalNegotiations Case Studies: Applications in Negotiation

2010 / 202 Pages / PB / Rs. 175ISBN: 978-81-7446-818-5 / 71/4x91/2

Negotiation is the process of communicating back and forth, for the purposeof reaching a joint agreement about differing needs or ideas. It is becomingan important function in today’s scenario. This book presents a broadperspective of the subject to develop a correct perception about it.

The book describes the basic types of negotiation and seems to incorporatethe best means to derive a win-win situation in its totality of expression. In

marketing

an attempt to make the book more practical, a lot of research-based articles have been incorporated inthe text. The main focus areas of the book are International Negotiation and Impact of differentcultures on negotiation.

The book would prove to be an excellent developmental tool, which will provide sound basics inlearning negotiation skills. The analytical approach to understanding the counterparty perspective andthe issues offers many practical guidelines that will be of great benefit for any negotiation situation. Thebook conforms to the syllabi of most of the Indian universities and would serve as a useful text for thestudents of MBA, BBA and other diploma course in management.

achieving an organisation’s objectives in the market place.

When changes in the market and the marketing environment are incremental in nature, firms cansuccessfully adapt themselves to the new situation by modifying current marketing and other functionalprogrammes. Such changes can be introduced through technological innovations, changes in customertastes, changes in legal regulations, economic and financial constraints or any change in environmentalconditions. This book discusses the nature and formulation of business and marketing strategy andpoint to the need for marketing strategy management in order to carry it out. Also, it outlines thenature of the marketing management process that is involved.

This book is divided into four parts: First part (Chapter 1&2) deals with the understanding ofMarketing Strategies and Market Research. Second Part (Chapter 3 to Chapter 6) includes MarketingMix and Strategies for these mixes. Third Part (Chapter 7 to Chapter 9) carries 3 C Analysis i.e.,Competitor Analysis, Customer Analysis and Company Analysis. In addition, Fourth Part (chapter 10and 11) includes recent trends of market structure and environment. It also carries 10 caselets to maketopics more clear.

This book would prove to be a reliable source of material on the subject of marketing managementcontaining some of the old and familiar terms.

Page 39: Excel Catalog 2010

39

marketing

Consumer Behaviour& MarketingCommunicationS H H KAZMI

Section I: Consumer Behaviour / Consumer Behaviourand its Applications / Market Segmentation / Consumersand Cultural Influences / Social Class Influences andConsumer Behaviour / Group Influences and ConsumerBehaviour / Communication within Groups and OpinionLeadership / Innovations and the Diffusion Process /Motivation / Personality / Perception / Learning / AttitudeFormation and Change / Situational Variables and ProblemRecognition / Information Search and Evaluation / OutletSelection and Purchase Behaviour / Post Purchase Behaviour/ Consumer Behaviour Models (Nicosia, Howard-Shethand EKB) / Organisational Buyer Behaviour / Section II:Advertising and Marketing Communication / Advertising/ Advertising Classification, Functions and Benefits /Economic, Social and Ethical Issues / Client and AdvertisingAgency / Marketing Communications / Source, Messageand Medium Factors / Positioning / Brand Equity, Imageand Personality / Advertising Objectives and BudgetAllocation / Media Planning / Creativity, Appeals, ExecutionStyles, Headline, & Layout / Planning Advertising Campaign/ Testing Advertising Effectiveness / Sales Promotion

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2010 / 480 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-844-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Over the years, the complexity and competition in themarketplace have made the study of consumer behaviour ofvital importance. It is a vast and complex subject andunderstanding and ‘knowing consumers’ is not that simple. Itis almost impossible to predict with total accuracy howconsumer(s) will behave in a given situation. Marketers developand direct their communications to influence consumers’behaviour in a desired manner and for this reason they arekeenly interested in the wide variety of behaviours thatconsumers display.

On the other hand, consumers are moved by a complex set ofdeep and subtle emotions. Their behaviour springs from deeplyheld cultural values, motivations, perceptions of the world,their attitudes and situations, common sense, impulse orwhimsy. As one can imagine, all this is the outcome of a largenumber of external and internal influences.

In an attempt to meet the students’ requirements, this bookdiscusses the topics of advertising and sales promotion insufficient detail. The book is divided into two sections. Thefirst part deals with the aspects of Consumer Behaviour and thesecond part consists of the topics of Advertising and MarketingCommunication. This book would be relevant to the Indianstudents as it contains lots of Indian examples. Every effort hasbeen made to make the book student friendly and the text iseasy to comprehend.

AdvertisingAn IMC Perspective

S N MURTHYU BHOJANNA

2010 / 458 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-835-2 / 71/2x91/2 TEXTBOOK

second edition

This book deals individually with various communication tools as well as howthey could be combined to get optimum results. Integration is the key tosuccess. The major factors affecting the sale of a product are advertising, salespromotion, direct marketing, public relations, personal selling, internet andevent management. Equal importance has been given to each of these factors inthis book.

Throughout the text, current advertisement examples on important issues arepresented. This book would help the readers to understand the different aspectsof advertising in a better way.

SECTION-I / An Introduction to Advertising / Role of IMC in MarketingProcess / Role of Advertising Agencies & Other Marketing CommunicationOrganizations / The Communication Process / Perspective on ConsumerBehaviour / SECTION-II / Source, Message and Channel Factor / AdvertisingObjectives and Budgeting / Message and Creativity / Advertising Headlines/ SECTION-III / Media Planning and Strategy / Support Media / Evaluationof Media / SECTION-IV / Direct Marketing / Sales Promotion / EventManagement / Public Relation, Publicity and Corporate Advertising / PersonalSelling / Web Advertising: Internet and IMC / SECTION-V / Monitoring,Evaluation and Control / Economic, Social and Ethical Implications ofAdvertising / Regulation of Advertisement / SECTION-V / IndustrialAdvertising / International Advertising / Advertising Art, Graphic, Layoutand Visualization / Merchandising / CASE STUDIES / Case-1 It is simplynot a Jam — It’s a GEM / Case-2 Ad campaign for a young consumer / Case-3 Mumbai Stores / Case-4 Crest TV manufacturing company / Case-5Energy Booster – Malt / Case-6 Ad Agency / Case-7 Situation Analysis

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

The Department of Business Management,Padmashree Dr. D. Y. Patil University, NaviMumbai, had organised a one day InternationalResearch Conference on Retail Management.Research papers presented in this seminar have

Retail Management

R GOPALPRADIP MANJREKAR

An Indian Perspective

2010 / 684 Pages / PB / Rs. 850ISBN: 978-81-7446-813-0/ 71/4x91/2

addressed the issues of e-retailing, Retailing in Financial Services, RetailShoppers Behaviour, Store/Mall Management, Visual Merchandising, etc. Thisbook is a compilation of the selected 64 research papers.

The book has deliberated upon some of the current issues to draw viablesolutions and to suggest the ways to fortify research in Retail areas for win-winoutcomes. This book is a result of the inputs made by some of the enthusiasticresearchers. It will provide a good platform for dissemination of the additionalknowledge generated in this field by various investigators.

Page 40: Excel Catalog 2010

40

marketing

EDITED BYSANAL KUMAR VELAYUDHANGUDA SRIDHAR

Rural MarketsUnderstanding Consumers & Developmental Issues

Rural markets are critical for marketers today because of the market size and the potential that itholds for marketers. The academic interest in the subject is created by the challenges that thismarket holds to marketers in the field. The widely dispersed market and limited infrastructureto access the markets, and also the diversity within the rural market have posed a serious challengeto marketers and aroused the intellectual curiosity among academia.In order to address the need for grouping some of the research on rural marketing, MarketingArea of Indian Institute of Management, Kozhikode, initiated conferences on the subject toexamine the boundaries of rural marketing, understanding rural consumers, communicationsand channels, environment of rural consumers that included agriculture, developmental issuesand ICTs. This book is the result of the 2nd conference on ‘Marketing to Rural Consumers’ heldin 2009.The select papers from the conference are part of this compilation. This book contains 18 selectedand edited papers presented in the conference. These papers are organised in two sections:

Consumer Behaviour, and Developmental Issues.Surge in the publications on rural marketing is an indicator of the growing interest in thisemerging domain of knowledge. This book intends to fulfill the aim of the contributors toconsolidate the knowledge that has evolved over the past years.

2010 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 450ISBN: 978-81-7446-834-5 / 71/4x91/2

Cases inServicesMarketingVINITH KUMAR NAIR

The tertiary sector of the Indian economy–servicessector–covers a wide gamut of activities like trading,banking and finance, infotainment, real estate,transportation, security, management and technicalconsultancy among several others.

This book is a collection of case studies developed ondifferent service providing firms like hotel, hair fixing,film processing, hospitals, etc. The book tries to coverall the facets of Services Marketing and can be usedas a supplementary book along with any standardServices Marketing textbook. It can also be used as acore book to understand the different facets of servicemarketing in a very practical sense and in the IndianContext. The cases in this book are based on Mediumand Small Service Enterprises. All the case studies areopen ended, discussing business dilemmas that theseorganizations are facing.

This book also includes cases written by differentauthors. An important case of this book is the case ofRambhai who runs a tea stall outside IIM-A. Thisparticular case got a lot of media attention because ofits uniqueness. This book will, therefore, help thestudents to get a practical insight into how the servicefirms manage their business.

2010 / 104 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 978-81-7446-840-6 / 61/4x91/2

Case 1: Prasad Film Laboratories / Case 2: TheBusiness of “RBK”— A Role to be Understood/ Case 3: Rama Varma Club / Case 4: PlanetHealth: The Next Big Battleground? / Case 5:Hotel Indraprastha / Case 6: Gulf Gate HairFixing / Case 7: OLEE Beauty Saloon / Case 8:Coconut Bay Beach Resort / Case 9: SuccessStory of Koumudi Grameena Netralaya / Case10: CABEE — Call Taxi Service / Case 11:Cirus Computers / Case 12: Traveller’s Point:Bringing Life to Your Journey… / Case 13:Kerala Institute of Medical Sciences / Case 14:Professional Couriers — A Franchisee Model ofService Delivery / Case 15: Madonna LadiesCollections and Footwears / Case 16: SriVinayaka Service Station / Case 17: Rent A CarServices — Paradise Tours

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Scope & Challenges of Rural Marketingin IndiaEDITED BYSUMESH RAIZADAVISHAL AGARWAL

This book is a compilation of the select papers received for presentation at the NationalConference on Rural Marketing organized by the BLS Institute of Management. Thepapers have been clubbed into four major sections:

Rural Retail and Distribution ICT Interface in Rural Markets Strategies for theRural Marketing Emerging Trends and Opportunities

These papers cover wide-ranging aspects of rural marketing and are based on conceptualanalysis, experiences as well as research findings of the contributors. The broad issuesdiscussed in these papers include various sub-themes related to rural markets such as,consumer buying behaviour, marketing mix strategies, recession, organized retail, scopeof ICT, etc.

This book is expected to explore and bring forth the thought provoking strategies thatwould assist business organizations in their rural venture. It aims at generating newstreams of ideas on the contemporary field of Rural Marketing. The book would prove tobe immensely useful to the researchers, academicians as well as practitioners.2010 / 390 Pages / PB / Rs. 595ISBN: 978-81-7446-842-0 / 71/4x91/2

Page 41: Excel Catalog 2010

41

Travel and TourismManagementV V VARA PRASAD, Associate Professor andHOD, Dept. of Business Administration, RaghuEngineering College

V B T SUNDARI, Reader and HOD, History andTourism in St. Joseph's College for Women

The present book is aimed to bring out the important concepts and featuresof tourism management. It is well-designed to cover the basic concepts requiredfor the UG and PG level students to understand the process of tourismmanagement and its ingredients. The entire gamut of tourism management isadequately covered spreading into Six Units. Unit-I covers the introductionto tourism management and advent of tourism at the international and domesticlevels. Unit-II describes the concept of tourism organisation at national andinternational levels. Unit-III analyses the significance of travel and itscomponents. Unit-IV is devoted to explain the role of accommodation intourism. Unit-V explains the marketing of tourism products. It examines thevarious features of tourism marketing vis-à-vis strategies for concentratedeffort to enhance customer satisfaction. Unit-VI deals with exploring theavenues of growth and government initiatives to develop the sector.

Simple language is deliberately chosen to reach the average student andillustrations are provided, to the extent possible, with real life examples. Thebook would prove to be very useful and rewarding for the student communityand faculty interested in the subject of tourism management.

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO TOURISM / Introduction to Tourism /Evolution of Tourism / Implications of Tourism / UNIT II:ORGANISATION AND TOURISM / Tourism Organisation / IndianTourism Organisation / World Tourism Organisation / UNIT III: TRAVELAND TOURISM / Introduction to Travel / Modes of Travel / Air TravelOrganisation / UNIT IV: ACCOMMODATION AND TOURISM /Hotel Industry / UNIT V: MARKETING AND TOURISM / Introductionto Marketing / Services Marketing Mix / UNIT VI: PLANNING ANDTOURISM / Tourism Planning

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 252 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 978-81-7446-768-3 / 71/4x91/2

marketing

InternationalMarketing

fourth edition

P K VASUDEVA, Principal,Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan,Chandigarh.

This is the 4th edition of the book which has been written inresponse to the continuous and rapid changes in internationalmarketing and the new challenges that are arising, includingincreased coverage of cultural differences, logistics, supply chainmanagement, retailing and the impact of the internet oninternational marketing and exports.

This book comprehensively covers both international marketingand a part of export management with a focus on marketingdecisions and management processes involved in exporting andnot simply a ‘how to’ give treatment of technical export details.A new Chapter on India and World Trade has been included inthis edition. Basically it covers the World Trade Organisationwhich is very rare in the books on international marketing. Thecoverage of WTO starts from GATT to WTO to Doha Roundwhich is highly controversial and damaging for the developingcountries especially Agreement on Agriculture, TRIPS and GATS.Another chapter on Currencies and Foreign Exchange has alsobeen added as it has gained importance in recent times due to adownturn in global financial crisis.

There is an increased coverage of the two most importantemerging markets of the 21st century; China and India. Newcases from companies including DELL, Unilever, Hero Honda,Tata Indicom, RP Group of Live Sciences,PricewaterhouseCoopers and Microsoft will help students toapply the theory. The latest Foreign Trade Policy 2009-2014 hasalso been included in this edition which has become importantdue to global recession.

Introduction to International Marketing / EconomicEnvironment of International Marketing / Dynamics of WorldMarket: Identifying and Satisfying Global Needs,Coordinating Activities and Recognizing Constraints /International Institutions – World Bank, IMF, UNCTAD,Customs Union, Common Markets, Free Trade Zones,Economic Communities, Special Economic Zones, NAFTA,SAFTA and EU / Constraints on International Marketing –Fiscal and Non-Fiscal Barriers, Tariffs and Non-Tariff Barriers/ Trading Partners – Bilateral Trade Agreements, CommodityAgreements and GSP / India and World Trade / EXIMPolicy / Foreign Trade Policy: 2004-2009 and 2009-2014/ International Product Policy and Planning / Pricing Policy/ Logistic Management, International Distribution and SalesPolicy / Promotional Management and Advertising /International Marketing Research / International RetailMarketing / Currencies and Foreign Exchange / Settlementof International Disputes

TEXTBOOK2010 / 618 Pages / PB / Rs. 375ISBN: 978-81-7446-817-8 / 81/4x11

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Instructor Manual Available

Customer Relationship Management

V VENKATA RAMANA, University of Hyderabad

G SOMAYAJULU

A Key to Corporate Success

2003 / 392 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 81-7446-321-6 / 71/2x91/2

EDITED BYSANAL KUMAR VELAYUDHANGUDA SRIDHAR

Marketing to Rural ConsumersUnderstanding and tapping the ruralmarket potential

2009 / 366 Pages / PB / Rs. 400ISBN: 978-81-7446-720-1 / 71/2x91/2

Page 42: Excel Catalog 2010

42

MarketingManagement

Indian ContextTAPAN K PANDA, Professor,Marketing, Indian Institute ofManagement, Indore

Marketing combines application of multiple disciplines likeEconomics, Psychology, Sociology, Statistics, InformationSystems and many other subjects with emerging areas ofinformation technology. While attempting to understandand apply various concepts and strategies of marketing,Indian students often confront unrelated foreign marketissues, inapplicable examples for Indian markets andunbelievable situations of marketing warfare. Such anorientation crippled with complex use of language reducesthe student's ability and intent in such an interestingdiscipline of management. Hence, this book is writtenkeeping in mind the above listed problems. The author hastried to develop a conceptual orientation palpable to Indianstudents.

Student CD Included

TEXTBOOK

second edition

text and cases

Instructor Manual Available2006 / 750 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 81-7446-548-0 / 81/4x11

BLOCK-1: INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING/ Introduction / Creating and Delivering CustomerValue / BLOCK-2: ANALYZING MARKETOPPORTUNITIES / Marketing Planning / DemandMeasurement and Forecasting / Marketing InformationSystem and Marketing Research / The Environmentfor Marketing Decisions / Indian MarketingEnvironment / Consumer Behavior / OrganizationalBuyer Behavior / Market Segmentation, Targeting andPositioning / BLOCK-3: PRODUCT AND BRANDMANAGEMENT DECISIONS / Managing theProduct / The Marketing of Services / Management ofNew Product Development Process / Managing theProduct Life Cycle / Managing Brands / BLOCK-4:PRICING DECISIONS / Developing Pricing Strategiesand Programs / Pricing Applications / BLOCK-5:CHANNEL MANAGEMENT DECISIONS /Managing Marketing Channels / Management ofLogistics and Physical Distribution / Retail Management/ Channel Management and Indian Distribution System/ BLOCK-6: MARKETING COMMUNICATIONDECISIONS / Integrated Marketing Communication/ Advertising Management / Sales PromotionManagement / Publicity and Public Relations / SalesManagement / Direct Marketing / BLOCK-7:CONTROLLING MARKETING DECISIONS /Marketing Organization / BLOCK-8:CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN MARKETING /Non-Profit Marketing / Environmental Marketing /Rural Marketing / Global Marketing / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

marketing

International MarketingRAJENDRA NARGUNDKAR, Director of PESInstitute of Management, Bangalore

SPECIAL FEATURESOriginal cases based on Indian companies / Easy to read text / Coverage of majorconcepts in international marketing / Focus on marketing - no overlap withinternational business or similar courses

2008 / 266 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 978-81-7446-628-0/ 71/4x91/2

This book is going to be a trendsetter in the field ofinternational marketing. It is a storehouse of the latestdevelopments in international marketing from a unique

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Indian perspective. With a lot of contemporary cases (up to early 2008) that coverissues related to organizational and marketing strategy, including sensing opportunityand fulfilling global ambitions, it is an exciting new addition to the options availableto an Indian business school professor.

Why International Marketing / Entry Strategies / Challenges in InternationalMarketing / Segmentation and Product Market Strategy / Branding Internationally/ Pricing Internationally / International Promotions / International Distribution/Organisation and Control / A Long-term Strategy—Firmness of Goals andFlexibility of Mind / Case Studies

TEXTBOOK

Sales and Distribution Management

DR. S L GUPTA, BITS, Noida

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Text and Cases

An Indian Perspective

second edition

with SAP Applications

Block I : Basics of Sales Management / Sales Management Strategy / PersonalSelling / Sales Organisation / Recruitment and Selection / Selection and Trainingof Representatives / Compensation and Motivation of Sales Force / Salesman'sCompensation and Motivation / Monitoring and Performance Appraisal / Planningof Promotions of Sales Force / Sales Forecasting, Quotas and Territory Management/ Sales Budgeting and Control / Block II : New Techniques of Sales Management/ Sales Management Information System and Sales Training / RelationshipMarketing / Internet as an Emerging Selling Technique / Direct Marketing /International Sales Management / Block III : Sales Promotion Management / SalesDisplay and Sales Promotion / Sales Promotions Strategies / Sales PromotionBudget and Evaluation / Types and Techniques of Sales Promotion / Block IV :Basics of the Distribution System / Distribution System / Distribution Costs,Control and Customer Service / Selection of Channels / Selecting a SuitableChannel Partner / Role and Function of Channels of Distribution / Selection andMotivation of Distribution Channels / Motivational Tools of Distribution Channels/ Distribution Analysis, Control and Managemen / Block V : Physical DistributionManagement / Logistics for Customer Satisfaction / Physical DistributionManagement – Transportation and Warehousing / Block VI : New Techniques ofManaging Distribution / Retail Management / Merchandise Techniques / RetailSelling / Distribution of Services / SAP Sales & Distribution

TEXTBOOK

Page 43: Excel Catalog 2010

43

marketing

Advertising andSales Promotion

third edition

S H H KAZMI, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan

SATISH K BATRA, University ofRajasthan

TEXTBOOK2008 / 658 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 978-81-7446-639-6 / 71/4x91/2

ADVERTISING is a brilliant form of art that has become an indispensablepart of our lives. As the business scene has transformed for the better inour country, much is happening on the advertising front. To tap theprogress of Indian Advertising in this changed scenario, a third edition ofthe book ‘Advertising and Sales Promotion’ has been prepared for thestudents. In this new edition, all the chapters have been revised and somemoderately updated with more relevant text, figures, boxes, exhibits andreferences.

Highlights of this edition:

Matter on Segmentation now includes current framework of Valuesand Lifestyle and Positioning topic has been re-written.

Text on Brand Personality and Image has been updated.

New Appendices have been added at the end of Part -I and Part -IV, respectively.

Some new Boxes with insightful contents have been added.

Some of the old exhibits have been replaced with the new ones.

The book essentially deals with the dynamic concept of Sales Promotionand its effect on the consumer. Particularly meant for the students ofmanagement, specialising in marketing; the book provides a thoroughlyeducative and interesting reading.

SECTION ONE: ADVERTISINGPart-1 / Introduction to Advertising and a Brief History/AdvertisingClassification, Functions and Benefits/Economic, Social, and EthicalIssues/Client and Advertising Agency / Part-II / MarketingCommunications/Source, Message, and Medium Factors/ConsumerBehaviour Perspective/Advertising Response Process (How AdvertisingWorks)/Attention, Comprehension and Recall / Part-III / Segmentationand Positioning/Brand Awareness, Brand Attitudes and Feelings/BrandEquity, Image and Personality/Advertising Objectives and BudgetAllocation / Part-IV / Media Planning and Strategy/Media Evaluation/Support Media/Internet / Part-V / Creative Strategy – Planning andDevelopment/Creative Strategy – Execution and Evaluation/PlanningAdvertising Campaign /Advertising ResearchSECTION TWO: SALES PROMOTIONPart-VI / Sales Promotion/Sales Promotion and Consumer Behaviourand How Promotions Affect Sales/Sales Promotion – Objectives andBudget Allocation/Sales Promotion – Design Issues, Planning Guidelinesand Evaluation / Part VII / Sales Promotion – Tools and Techniques

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Instructor Manual Available

Marketing ResearchAVINASH KAPOOR, Faculty, Marketing,MDI, Gurgaon

CHINMAYA KULSHRESTHA, Faculty,Marketing, MDI, Gurgaon

The book engages and guides the readers to comprehend that the vehicle andengine of marketing runs on dynamic market, marketing research tools andinnovative and strategic planning...

DR. ARVIND KALIA, National Head, Rajasthan Patrika Ltd.

A timely and comprehensive dossier that can help acquiring skills necessary tobe a good executioner as well as user of research.

MS. SHEFALI CHHACHHI, Marketing Director,Max Bupa Health Insurance

The text is exhaustive and elaborating in nature providing/covering all aspectsand dimensions of Marketing Research and processes.

DR. AJAY KUMAR JAIN, Associate Professor, MDI, Gurgaon

2010 / 368 Pages / PB / Rs. 265ISBN: 978-81-7446-786-7 / 71/4x91/2

Unit-I: Introduction, basic concepts, Research ProblemFormulation & Research Dynamics / Research Basics / Planningthe Research / Research Design / Unit-II: Data CollectionTechniques / Secondary Data / Primary Data / Unit-III: ScalingAnd Sampling Techniques / Measurement and Scaling Techniques/ Sampling: Design, Size and Procedure / Unit-IV: Data Analysis/ Data Processing / Data Analysis - I / Data Analysis - II / TestingHypothesis / Unit-V: Data Interpretation & Application / ResearchReport / Application of Marketing Research / Case Studies /Glossary / Bibliography / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

The book is designed to serve as a text for the students of PhD, MBA,Executive MBA and the undergraduate Programmes, and also as aready reference for marketers, researchers and practitioners.

Customer RelationshipManagementSUBHASISH DAS, Dean, Institute ofBusiness & Computer Studies, Bhubaneswar

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Call Center and Contact Center/Effective Communication Skills/Customer Handling Skill/Protocols for Customer Handling/Customer Handling Skills/International Selling – Introduction toSelling Techniques

2007 / 130 Pages / PB / Rs. 175ISBN: 81-7446-531-6 / 61/4x91/2

Page 44: Excel Catalog 2010

44

Basics of Tourism ManagementSUDDHENDU NARAYAN MISRASAPAN KUMAR SADUAL

The present book incorporates the rudiments of tourismmanagement for the students. It takes a global look at whattourism is all about, with adequate examples wherevernecessary, and every effort is made to make the text interestingfor the readers. The book is comprehensive in the sense that

2008 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 245ISBN: 978-81-7446-681-5 / 71/4x91/2

Introduction / Tourism Industry / Tourist Destinations / Tourist Products / TourismOrganizations / Planning / Marketing / Travel Formalities / Thrust Areas of Tourism/ Emerging Sectors of Tourism / Tourism Policy of India / Human Resource andTourism

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Negotiations &SellingSAMEER A KULKARNI

This book is designed to introduce the context andmodels practiced in negotiations and sales. It providesan incisive discussion about the suitability of variousnegotiation models and their applications. Theobjective of this book is to assist the readers tounderstand the theory and introduce them to the vastscope of Negotiation and Selling in Marketingdiscipline.

The book is divided into thirteen chapters,encompassing what is negotiation and its applicationin selling and sourcing. It is well-equipped with hardcoretechnique like 'Sales Funnel'. It will explain about 'Howto close Negotiation'. 'Negotiations and Tenders' isthe 'gem' chapter of this book. One entire chapterdeals with e-negotiations. The book would prove to bevery beneficial for the readers, including both studentsand professionals, as far as the tools and concepts areconcerned. At the end of the book, there are five latestvibrant case studies namely,

Ranbaxy Dalichi Negotiation case study

Inter-state Bus Terminal at Dwarka andcontractor's case study

Sun and Taro Pharma case study

Bharti and MTN case study

Yahoo and Microsoft case study

What is Negotiation? / Types of Negotiation / TheProcess of Negotiation / Negotiation Strategies /Negotiations in Sales and Sourcing / CustomerFocused Selling Models / Types of Selling / SalesFunnel / Closing of a Sales Negotiation /Negotiation and Tenders / Contribution of Culturein Negotiation / Mastering the Art of Selling /What are E-negotiations? / Case Studies /Appendices / Glossary / References / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 214 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 978-81-7446-693-8 / 51/2x81/2 TEXTBOOK

Marketing Skills in ManagementDR. MEENU GUPTADR. UPALI MAHANAMADR. RANJAN MADANAYAKE

2007 / 152 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 978-81-7446-573-3 / 71/4x91/2

C BHATTACHARYA, Head, Training, Wadhwan Retail,Mumbai

Services Marketing

While most books on marketing and services are readable,very few take the student's viewpoint and set out to answerthe question “Is it understandable?” in the affirmative. This

book and its pedagogy has been designed precisely with this in mind:Design: The book has a consistency of design that is innovative, with aesthetic appeals.

Opening and Closing Cases: Every chapter begins and ends with a case. The cases introducethe primary theme and issues discussed in the chapter and closes with analytical tasks for thestudents.Objectives: Every chapter has clear learning expectations.

Instructor Manual Available2006 / 698 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 81-7446-477-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK

it treats the different facets of tourism industry.

The book will provide an essential reading for anyone interested in tourism, whether astudent, a teacher, a professional, or even a common man. It is written in simple andlucid manner so as to be understood without hiccups. The book examines all the keyelements of tourism – why it is an important global business and how it affects oureveryday lives. In simple terms, it shows how the tourism industry is organized, run andmanaged.

TEXTBOOK

concepts, planning and implementation

Part I: An Overview of Services / An Introduction to Services / The Services Environment/ Service Models / Classification of the Service Industry / Managing of Relationshipsin Services Marketing / Part II: Service Marketing / Service Marketing— An Introduction/ Marketing Planning / Managing Knowledge in a Service Firm (Through MarketingResearch) / Buying Behaviour of the Service Consumer / Target Marketing in Services/ How to Address the Unique Characteristics of the Service Industry— Strategies andTactics / The First P: Service Product / The Second P: The Pricing of Services / TheThird P: Developing the Service Communication Mix (Promotion) / The Fourth P:Service Channels and Distribution / The Fifth P: Managing the Internal and ExternalCustomers / “Sixth and Seventh P: Managing the Physical Evidence and Process inService Marketing” / Impact of Technology on Services Marketing (Technology Adoptionin Service Firms to Enhance Competitiveness) / Part III: Assessment and Improvement/ Measuring Service Quality / Customer Retention through CRM / Part IV: Cases inService Sectors

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

marketing

Page 45: Excel Catalog 2010

45

B N DASTOOR

Today’s marketplace is teeming with diversities. Customers differ intheir education, occupation, perceptions, attitudes, lifestyles,preferences, expectations and opinions. And all of them do not wantthe marketer to “satisey” them. They demand that they must be“delighted”.

Customer’s expectations keep on changing significantly andunpredictably. But even today, many marketers concentrate on ‘selling-the product focus’ instead of ‘delight-the customer focus’.

This excellent book by B.N.Dastoor very effectively introduces the reader to theart of delighting the customer. After all, in the global markets of today, you eitherdelight the customer or disappear.

Rajiv Vastupal, President, Ahmedabad Management Association

Customer SatisfactionDelightthe success mantra of the 21st century

Consumer Behaviour

SATISH K BATRA, University of Rajasthan

S H H KAZMI, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Text and Cases

TEXTBOOK2008 / 544 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-644-0 / 71/2x91/2

second edition

We are all consumers living in a society. The most important concernfor marketers is to influence consumer behaviour in a desired manner.This book attempts to answer the big question, “Why do people behavethe way they do as consumers of all sorts of goods and services?”

The focus of this book is to acquaint management students with amanagerial understanding and insight of our behaviour as consumers.Students, who aspire to become marketing managers, brand managers,sales managers, or want to take up a career in advertising etc., need toacquire the knowledge and skills which would be critically useful tothem in these careers.

The text is comprehensive with relatively recent research inputs fromscholars describing various behavioural concepts and theories that arebelieved to be fundamentally useful for developing an understanding ofconsumer behaviour. Wherever possible, to clarify the concepts, it hasbeen endeavoured to use Indian examples to make it more relevant toIndian conditions and easier for students to understand.

In this new edition, all the topics have been revised, and some moderatelyupdated, with more recent or relevant material on the subject to makethe text richer and more useful. Overall, the book has been made morecomprehensive and relevant. This book would be quite useful and willmeet the requirements of students pursuing management studies andspecialising in marketing.

Part 1 / Consumer Behaviour and its Applications / ConsumerResearch / Market Segmentation and Positioning Concepts / Part 2 /Consumer Motivation / Consumer Personality / Consumer Perception/ Consumer Learning, Memory & Involvement / ConsumerAttitudes / Attitude Change Strategies / Marketing CommunicationsProcess / Part 3 / Consumer and Cultural Influences / Social ClassInfluences and Consumer Behaviour / Group Influences andConsumer Behaviour / Household Decision-making /Communications within Group and Opinion Leadership /Innovations and the Diffusion Process / Part 4 / Consumer DecisionModels-(Nicosia, Howard-Sheth, and EKB) / Consumer DecisionProcess-Situational Influences / Consumer Decision Process-ProblemRecognition / Consumer Decision Process – Information Search /Consumer Decision Process – Evaluation of Alternatives and Selection/ Consumer Decision Process – Outlet Selection and Purchase /Consumer Decision Process – Post-purchase Action / Part 5 /Organisational Buyer Behaviour

2008 / 128 Pages / PB / Rs. 150ISBN: 978-81-7446-633-4 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

Services Marketing

RAVI SHANKER, Indian Institute of ForeignTrade, New Delhi

the Indian perspectiveText & Readings

TEXTBOOK

2002 / 650 Pages / 71/2x91/2

HB / Rs. 650 / ISBN: 81-7446-270-8PB / Rs. 325 / ISBN: 81-7446-267-8

Services Marketing: Text & Readings is an anthology of original works ofcorporate leaders from the India Services Sector. In addition, a detailedsection deals with the conceptual issues of services marketing.

The organization of the book is as follows:

SERVICES MARKETING: CONCEPTUAL ISSUES UnderstandingServices Phenomenon, Role of Services in Economy, ServicesCharacteristics and Marketing Implications, Marketing Mix in Services:The Traditional 4Ps, Extended Marketing Mix for Services,Differentiation Strategies, Demand Management and Productivity,Services Quality, Services Strategies

SECTOR SPECIFIC MARKETING: CHALLENGES ANDPRACTICES Tourism and Travel Services, Transportation and LogisticsServices, Financial Services, Information Technology andCommunication Services, Media Services, Health Care Services,Professional Services, Educational and Extension Services, PublicServices

marketing

Instructor Manual Available

Page 46: Excel Catalog 2010

46

marketing

Applied MarketingCOMPILED BYGITHA S HEGGDE, PSGIM, Coimbatore

2008 / 244 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 978-81-7446-606-8 / 71/4x91/2

This book has been written keeping in mind therequirements of the management students to realizethe importance of marketing of FMCG, Agricultural,technological and pharmaceutical products andunderstanding that there is a vast difference in marketing

Rural Marketing / Agricultural Marketing / FMCG Marketing / PharmaceuticalMarketing / Marketing of Technological Products

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

strategies that needs to be adopted in each of the category and the challenges facedin each of these industries. The book also highlights the strength of the rural marketand its effect on organizations. These five areas are taken into consideration becauseof the magnitude of business that they generate.

Sales ManagementR K SRIVASTAVAERNEST CYRIL DE RUNKIM SHYAN FAM

The survival and success of many products and companiesdepend upon the marketing strategies adopted by them. Inthe rapidly changing scenario of markets, when evenpropaganda and advertisements are unable to do the magic,it is the dedicated marketing professionals who compel thecustomer to purchase their goods and services. In today’sbusiness strategies, production of goods and services arenot the end and means of everything. Neither financial orpersonnel management, nor inventory or time managementare important today. It is SALES MANAGEMENT whichhas the last laugh over every other aspect of the business.Many a time it has been seen that a better quality productor service has given place to an inferior quality product orservice only due to superb marketing management.

This book is a path-breaking effort and opens up a newdimension in the field of sales management, which issuitable to the present day needs and requirements. Ittakes into consideration the different academic aspects ofMarketing and Sales Management for undergraduate andpostgraduate students.

This book would be of great help to managerial practitionersat any organisational level who are responsible for afunction, department or a set of responsibilities.

Sales Planning / The Selling Process / TerritoryManagement / Sales Control / Sales Training / Role ofan Area Sales Manager / How can First Line SalesManagers be more effective? – A Research FindingReport / How to Build Team Spirit and Get Best SalesPerformance / Sales Incentives / What Motivates theIndian Managers? / Job Description and Analysis ofSales and Marketing Personnel / Recruiting andSelecting / Wave after Wave Working (WaW) – AStrategy for Increasing Sales Productivity of FieldPersonnel in Today’s Competitive Environment /Consultative Selling: A Tool to Improve the MedicalRepresentative’s Image and his Productivity /Collectivism and Personal Selling in Small Businesses–The Case of New / How UCP Pulls the Customers toIncrease Sales – An Innovative Approach inCommunication – An in-depth Analysis / Impact ofPositioning on Sales – Case Study of Newspapers /Emerging Role of Event Management in PharmaMarketing / Are Standards of Medical RepresentativesReally Falling? / Negotiation — How it can be taughteffectively to Students

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 978-81-7446-652-5 / 71/4x91/2

Rural Marketingtext and cases

U C MATHUR

India is a country where majority of the populationlives in villages. Appreciating the size and businesspotential of the rural sector, major companies, includingHindustan Unilever and P&G have made special

Rural Marketing: An Introduction / Marketing Management: An Introduction/ Rural Marketing Management: Concepts and Systems / Rural Marketing:Plans and Policies / Pricing Systems / Rural Customer Purchase Process /Advertising, Sales Promotion and PR in Rural India / Marketing Research /Rural Competitions / Rural Development Plans / Rural Sales Force Management/ Distribution of Goods / Rural Product Plans / Rural Marketing for the 21stCentury / Indian Village Vignettes / Critical Marketing Strategies / StrategicInnovations in Marketing / Strategic Audit / Marketing of Agricultural Produce/ Rural Cottage Industry and Artisan Products / Case Studies / Index

strategies for targeting rural markets. The thrust on rural markets is getting strongerday by day and it needs complete knowledge base of rural marketing. The book ismeant to create interest in business management students to get into the ruralmarketing mindset for bringing the desired organisational focus on the subject.

Considering the importance of rural markets, most business schools have includedRural Marketing Management as a key knowledge area in their syllabus. Thepresent book has endeavoured to cover the entire gamut of Rural Marketing withinputs from discussions with rural marketing practitioners, besides valuable studiesconducted by the major companies and the author’s own experience in the area.

There are few books on rural marketing which mostly deal with the subject asextending the urban marketing process into the rural zones. The book contains anumber of live-wire national and international case studies, meant to enthuse thestudents in probing the business opportunities and threats in the rural markets. Themethod of handling the case studies is also provided for the convenience of students.The book is written in simple, easy to understand and lucid language.

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 496 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 978-81-7446-640-2 / 71/4x91/2TEXTBOOK TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available

Page 47: Excel Catalog 2010

47

Fundamentals of MarketingM S RAJUJ V PRABHAKARA RAO

… most useful, takes into account the technological changes ..I strongly recommend this book tothe present generation of marketing students…

Prof. Dr. Dominique Xardel, Assoc. Dean, ESSEC, France

…excellent text, simple writing style, backed by vast academic and field experience, the studentcommunity is bound to be benefited from this book.

Prof. Dr. Sharad Sarin, Head, Marketing; XLRI, Jamshedpur

.. fills the current vacuum for a ready teachable text for undergraduates, introduces the studentto use of Information Technology in effective marketing. The book is eminently readable withwell-designed chapters and glossary.

Prof. Dr. V Balamohan Das, Vice Chancellor, Acharya Nagarjuna University

Understanding Markets, Marketing and Marketing Management / MarketingEnvironment / Consumer Behaviour / Market Segmentation / Market Researchand MIS / Marketing Mix / Special Subjects and Modern Trends in Marketing /Typical Advertisements

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 174 Pages / PB / Rs. 160ISBN: 978-81-7446-623-5 / 71/4x91/2

S L GUPTA, BITS, Noida

Marketing Research

2003 / 600 Pages / 71/4x91/2

HB / Rs. 595 / ISBN: 81-7446-353-4PB / Rs. 295 /ISBN: 81-7446-345-3 TEXTBOOK

For the students as well as teachers of Marketing in theCommerce stream or Management, here is acomprehensive textbook following the syllabi of IndianUniversities with additions to make it contemporary inthe new millennium.

A Text Book ofVirtual MarketingSAMEER A KULKARNI

KEY FEATURES:

This book has been written as a courseware for the MBA,MMM, MMS, and PGDM courses where ‘VirtualMarketing’ is one of the subjects. The text of this bookconsists 9 chapters, each aspect is discussed in the mostlucid, concise and non-technical manner to help studentsto understand the subject at conceptual level and developtheir basic knowledge in Virtual Marketing.

It is aimed at university students pursuing PGDBA, MBA,MMM, MMS or equivalent courses in marketing.Students of different Indian universities and instituteswill definitely find it suitable.

The objective of this book is to assist the readers tounderstand the theory and introduce them to the vastscope of Modern Marketing discipline. The book beginswith the development of the Internet to the latestemerging concept of interactive TV. Further, the booktakes a non-technical approach, thereby presenting theessentials of some concepts in a more understandablemanner.

Comprehensive glossary / ‘Alt’ Codes / Supplementedwith figures, tables and Screenshots.

Role of the Internet / Internet Strategy / Intranet andExtranet / Consumer Behaviour / Internet MarketResearch / Internet Retailing / Internet Promotion andAdvertising / Website Designing / ModernDevelopments

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 218 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 978-81-7446-634-1/ 51/2x81/2

Marketing Research is designed to serve as a textbook onmarketing research and design for people studying orpursuing the discipline of management. The book containsIndian examples on Product Research, ConsumerResearch, Motivation Research, etc. It also includes morethan 50 cases which would enable the reader in

understanding even the most complex multivariate technique in a very simple manner.

The book contains 20 chapters with computer based approach, the SPSS/PCTsystem, the use of which has also been described in this book.

The content of the book makes it equally useful for both basic and advance coursein Marketing Research. It is indispensable for students of MBA, M.Com, MBE,BBA, BBS, BCA, PGDBM, MCA, M Tech and practising marketing managers. It isa valuable reference source for research agencies.

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

Building Brands in the IndianMarketTAPAN K PANDA, IIM, Indore

SECTION A: Building Brand Strategies in the indianmarket / SECTION B: Brand Extension Strategies inthe Indian Market / SECTION C: Role of customerrelationship management in Building Brands in theIndian Market / SECTION D: Role ofCommunication in Building Brands in the IndianMarket

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2004 / 482 Pages / PB / Rs. 395ISBN: 81-7446-391-7 / 61/4x91/2

Marketing Research: An Introduction / Research Design / Value of Information inDecision-making / Marketing Information System and Marketing Research / AttitudeMeasurement and Scaling / Primary Methods of Data Collection / Samples andSampling Distribution / Testing of Hypothesis / Secondary Data / Processing ofData and Tabulation / Univariate Data Analysis: Non-parametric Tests / MultivariateAnalysis / Applications of Marketing Research / Product Research / ConsumerResearch / Distribution Research / Advertising Research / Motivation Research /Research Report and Proposal Writing / Case Study Method in Marketing Research

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

marketing

Instructor Manual Available

Page 48: Excel Catalog 2010

48

marketing

Marketing Management

S H H KAZMI

Marketing is a fascinating subject. It is of interest to everyone whetherthey are students of marketing, or marketers of tangibles or non-tangibles.The subject coverage in this text is comprehensive, has depth and isrelevant. Over the years, the environment in which businesses operatehas been changing and companies have changed or adjusted theirmarketing mantras.

This book is written keeping focus on the needs of Indian students. Afull chapter is devoted to Rural Marketing with some comprehensivecases. The text is simple and easy-to-read with many suitable examples.Most of the examples relate to Indian businesses. Many examples fromother countries have also been included keeping in view the presentcontext of open borders for companies.

text and cases

TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available2007 / 694 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 81-7446-542-1 / 81/4x11

Retail MarketingA SIVAKUMAR, TAPMI, Manipal

This book focuses on the marketingdimension of retailing. The Retailmarketing mix is addressed keepingshopping and shopper behavior in mind.This book can be used as a text for advancedretail marketing classes in retail

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 226 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 978-81-7446-575-7 / 71/4x91/2

Retail Marketing – An Introduction / Shopper/Shopping Behaviour/ Merchandise Management / Retail Pricing and Communication /Trading Area and Site Analysis / Store Atmospherics / Retail Strategyand Challenges / Specialty Retailing / Selected References

TEXTBOOK

management programs that would emphasize on marketing. Anotherunique feature is the inclusion of the chapter on specialty retailingwhere category specific retailing has been discussed. An importantaspect of the book is that concepts and practices in developed retailmarkets have been analyzed and their applications in the Indian contextillustrated. Practitioners in the retail sector would be greatly benefittedwith this aspect of the book. An in-depth understanding of the variousfacets of retail marketing is required in succeeding in the presentcompetitive retail scenario. This book on retail marketing seeks toachieve this to benefit the students, teachers, managers, entrepreneursand practitioners alike interested in the retail business.

PART I / Introduction to Marketing / Strategic Market Planning /Marketing Implementation & Control / Ethical and Social Issues inMarketing / PART II / Marketing Environment Analysis /Information System & Marketing Research / Measuring MarketDemand / Consumer Behaviour - Personal and Organisational /Market Segmentation, Targeting, & Positioning / PART III / ProductConcepts / New Product Development & Adoption Process /Branding, Packaging & Labelling / PART IV / MarketingCommunications / Advertising & Sales Promotion / Personal Selling/ Public Relations and Publicity / Direct Marketing / PART V /Marketing Channels and Physical Distribution / Wholesaling andRetailing /PART VI / Pricing Concepts, Strategies and Price Setting Approaches/ PART VII / Product Life Cycle / Competition Analysis and StrategicOptions Across PLC Stages / PART VIII / Marketing of Services /International Marketing / Rural Marketing / Internet and Marketing/ Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Dictionary of MarketingB NANDHAKUMAR

2009 / 340 Pages / PB / Rs. 400ISBN: 978-81-7446-742-3 / 51/2x81/2

As a comprehensive vocabulary of terms used in marketing, this bookcovers different aspects of the subject such as market research, advertising,promotional aids, selling techniques, etc. It has been complied to meetthe needs of the students of marketing at all levels. The terms anddefinitions have been frequently presented along with the functionalphrases, thus avoiding the more comprehensive type of treatmentappropriate to larger reference works. An attempt has also been madeto write the entries in a clear and lucid style to provide bothstraightforward definitions and invaluable background information.The words and terms are explained in simple English and clear and easyillustrations have been included, where appropriate, to explain theirmeaning and usage.

This dictionary will be of immense value to the students of managementand others studying or working in the related fields. Also, it will helpthe students to locate, identify and expound day-to-day terminology inits proper context.

Floriculture Marketing inIndiaDEBASHISH SENGUPTARAJ KAMAL

2009 / 146 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 978-81-7446-789-8 / 71/4x91/2

Page 49: Excel Catalog 2010

49

Product Management andNew Product DevelopmentDR R K SRIVASTAVA

This book presents a broad perspective of the subject todevelop a correct perception about it, and is divided into

This book covers the following topics:How to be an effective product manager?Changing job function of product managersHow to select the right product managers?How to improve the efficiency of resources?Effective marketing planNew product development and selection procedureFactors that can influence the success of a brandMeasuring brand equity and valuing brandsBrand architectureConcept of UCPNew product introduction

The book conforms to the syllabi of most of the Indian Universities and would serveas a useful text for students of MBA, BBM and other diploma courses in managementas well as practicing managers.

TEXTBOOK2006 / 234 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 81-7446-478-6 / 61/4x91/2

twenty seven chapters.

With an increase in the number of international players foralmost all products, with better products, with severalinternational brands in the market and with newer ways ofproduct placement and product communication, thecorporate world has realised the urgency and importance

Product and Brand ManagementU C MATHUR

Part-I Product Marketing and Economy/Market Potential for Countries/CustomerPurchase Process/Marketing Research/ Marketing Controls/Part-II Introducing NewProducts and Product Life Cycle/Product Plans/Brand Value/Brand Equity andBrand Extensions/Part-III Organization Structure for Product Sales/Marketing MixFactors and Products/Products, Brands and Advertising/Brand Name Plans/PricingSystems/Product Distribution Systems/ Advertising and Sales Promotion/ProductSales Management/Product and Public Relations/Part-IV Service Product Marketing/Industrial Product Marketing/Product Exports and International Marketing/CaseStudies

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 530 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 81-7446-549-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

of learning the newer ways of product sales. Competition has become intense andchaotic with, on the one hand great international brands, on the other, locally assembledproducts in the unorganised sector and opening of the vast international arena both forimports and exports of products. Therefore, for the students of Marketing Management,study of Product Management has become imperative. The book offers extensive andyet in-depth learning experience with interactive sessions, including ManagementGames and Case Studies that create a virtual world enabling the students imbibe thenuances of the subject with interest and comparative ease.

This is the first attempt by the author to bring out the essential facets of productmanagement. The book contains a mix of text as well as research based articles.

marketing

IndustrialMarketingHORY SANKAR MUKERJEE

Introduction to Industrial Marketing / TheIndustrial Markets / Industrial MarketingEnvironment / Industrial Buying and BuyingBehaviour / Managing Customer Relationship /Strategic Planning Process / Industrial MarketingResearch and Demand Forecasting / Segmenting,Targeting and Positioning / Industrial Products, NewProduct Development and Services / MarketingChannels / Marketing Logistics and Supply ChainManagement / Industrial Salesforce: Developing andManaging them / Industrial Salesforce: Planning,Organizing and Controlling / E-commerce /Industrial Marketing Communication: Advertising,Sales Promotion and Publicity / Industrial Pricing /Industrial Marketing for Global Markets / BusinessEthics and Corporate Social Responsibility

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 654 Pages / PB / Rs. 375ISBN: 978-81-7446-700-3 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available

The concept of Industrial Marketing has started gainingprominence in India since the last decade. This bookdeals with this vast subject in a very lucid manner. Theobjective of this textbook is to develop an interest amongthe students for the subject. The book contains eighteenchapters that ideally cover a semester for an introductorycourse in Industrial Marketing. The salient features ofthis book are:

Mind power: These are articles, case studies andwrite ups which have been taken from the leadingpractitioners across the globe, and specialists ofthe particular areas. Each chapter of this bookcontains ‘mind power’ at the beginning and at theend.

The chapters of this textbook are highlycomprehensive. The language has been kept assimple as possible with the least use of technicalwords or jargons.

There are case studies at the end of the book,covering the entire text, which can be used by theteachers to help the students in putting the theoryto practice.

Page 50: Excel Catalog 2010

50

This book, Fundamentals of Marketing, offersmuch detailed coverage of marketing. Thisbook focuses on the key concepts and functionsthat are common to most marketing situations.It (the book) covers the entire gamut of this

Fundamentals of MarketingATUL NAYAK

core course ‘Fundamentals of Marketing’.

In the first section, we lay the groundwork for our study of the field ofmarketing with a close look at marketing key concepts and the importanttasks marketers perform. In the next part, we begin a multi part discussionof research in marketing. This part also looks at the elements of goodresearch including factors that distinguish good research from poor.

In another part, we take a close look at the key concepts all marketersshould consider when faced with product decisions. In next part, we coverthe basics of distribution including defining what channels of distributionare and why these are important. Then we begin our discussion of the nextmajor area of the marketing mix-promotion. In next part, we begin a two-part discussion of the fourth marketing mix variable-price.

In the final chapter, we take all that has been discussed to this point andsee how marketers use this information to manage business decisions.

About Marketing / Marketing Research / Consumer Buying Behaviour/ Business Buying Behaviour / Targeting Markets / Product Decisions/ Managing Products / Distribution Decisions / Retailing / Wholesaling/ Product Movement / Promotion Decisions / Advertising / Managingthe Advertising Campaign / Sales Promotion / Public Relations / PersonalSelling / The Selling Process / Pricing Decisions / Setting Price /Managing External Forces / Marketing Planning and Strategy / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 258 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 978-81-7446-631-0 / 71/4x91/2

Real Estate Market

BISWAJIT DAS, IBAT, Bhubaneswar

ASHIS KUMAR PANI, XLRI, Jamshedpur

New Economy New Business

TEXTBOOK2005 / 394 Pages / PB / Rs. 395ISBN: 81-7446-444-1 / 71/4x91/2

TEXTBOOK

marketing

MUKESH CHATURVEDI, BirlaInstitute of Management Technology,Greater Noida

ABHINAV CHATURVEDI, CustomerCare Associate & Department Manager,Shoppers' Stop Ltd., Ghaziabad.

Customer RelationshipManagement

TEXTBOOK2005 / 208 Pages / PB / Rs. 220ISBN: 81-7446-456-5 / 71/4x91/2

MarketingManagement

CONTENTS INCLUDE:UNIT I “Emerging Global Trends in Marketing”/A Review ofCurrent Trends in Global Economic and Marketing Environment/MNCs and their Strategies/UNIT II Basics in MarketingManagement/From Barter to Complex Marketing-A HistoricalPerspective/Marketing–Core concepts, Scope and as a Discipline/Marketing–Functions, Tasks and Philosophies/UNIT III Basicsin Strategic Marketing/The Company's Marketing Environment/Corporate Strategic Planning and Marketing/Research ForMarketing Information/Forecasting Market Demand/MarketSegmentation, Target Market Selection and Market Positioning/UNIT IV Assembling of Marketing Strategic Variables/ProductDecisions/Pricing Decisions/Marketing Communication-Advertising, Sales Promotion and Publicity/Personal Selling, SalesForce Management and Direct Marketing/Marketing Channelsand Physical Distribution/Relationship Marketing/UNIT VMarkets and their Behaviour/Consumer Market and BuyingBehaviour/Industrial Marketing/Services Marketing/GlobalMarketing/UNIT VI Marketing Cases

S JAYACHANDRAN, IIT, Chennai

text & cases

2004 / 522 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 81-7446-362-3 / 71/2x91/2 TEXTBOOK

An Indian Perspective

Instructor Manual Available

Marketing of HealthcareServicesP G RAMANUJAM

In recent years, the healthcare sector hasbecome very competitive and is changingrapidly. The rise of the patient as a consumer,the introduction of innovative technologies and

a new breed of entrepreneurial managers are the main factors behind thisindustrial metamorphosis. Today’s healthcare market has become consumer-driven. Patients are better informed and they know more about health andmedical services. It is against this background that this book has beendeveloped as the marketing of hospital services assumes significance in thefield of hospital management.

The findings and suggestions of the study will be useful not only to theacademicians, teachers, students, hospital management and its personnel,but also to the government and health policymakers in formulating thefuture policies and strategies of the healthcare sector.2009 / 308 Pages / PB / Rs. 450ISBN: 978-81-7446-728-7 / 71/2x91/2

Page 51: Excel Catalog 2010

51

Brand Managementsecond edition

text and casesHARSH V VERMA, FMS, Delhi University, Delhi

TEXTBOOK2006 / 476 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 81-7446-480-8 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

The twentieth century witnessed dramatic changes in the concept and processof value and value creation, though market forces debilitated the products andassets that firms once banked upon to create wealth. As the product transcendsits traditional role of satisficer, brands and branding acquire a dominant role inre-defining marketplace performance. Product superiority is no longer the soledriver of business performance since high quality products are all-pervasive,generic entities and a powerful brand can transform products into valuepowerhouses that command customer preference, loyalty and commitment.Effective branding gives a firm immunity from the parity spiral that can suckcompanies into ruinous pricing wars. Brand Management has been writtenagainst this backdrop of redefinition of value and value creation processes.

Marketing Research

This textbook on Marketing Research presents extensive coverage of the syllabusof many Universities in the country and more specifically Osmania University.

SPECIAL FEATURESCovers all the relevant topics of the Marketing Research / Written in simple,lucid style, focused on conceptual clarity / Topics are logically sequenced inaccordance with the syllabus of Osmania University / Multiple choice questionsand fill in the blanks are given at the end of each chapter / Previous questionpapers are presented for students’ reference / Model questions and somequestionnaires are also provided to benefit the students for their projects / Tofacilitate the students to analyse the data with the help of statistical tools

2008 / 404 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-616-7 / 71/4x91/2

DR. P NARAYANA REDDY, Professor and Head,School of Management Studies, CBIT, Hyderabad

DR. G V R K ACHARYULU, Faculty member, School ofManagement Studies, University of Hyderabad

TEXTBOOK

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Competition and Brand / Concept of a Brand / Brand Evolution / BrandPositioning / Brands and Consumers / Brand Equity / Brand Inside andOutside / The Extensions / Brand Over Time / Brand and Firm / Cases /Index

marketing

Heart Skills

MALA KAPADIA

Expanding Horizons of Intelligence / Feng Shui forEmotional Intelligence / Understanding Process of Emotions-East and West / Rainbow of Emotions / e-Dramas andAlchemy of Strokes / Breathing as Trasformational Tool /Normal to Natural Intelligence

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Emotional Intelligence forwork and life

An excellent and informative book combining yoga, ayurveda and newage teachings for body and mind in a unique and insightful manner. Dr.Mala Kapadia has made an important contribution to the study ofemotional intelligence and its connection to our inner being. Her bookhelps heal the heart.

Dr. David Frawley

2009 / 230 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-7446-723-2 / 61/4x91/2

Recipient of ISTD Book Award- 2009

personalitydevelopment

The Art of Effective CommunicationCHARLES J MARGERISON

This is the manager’s handbook of how to become more effectivein your dealings with people. It enables you to get your messageacross and understand others more quickly. You will be able asa result to get more done in less time—and what you do will beaccepted and more effectively implemented than before.

1998 / 206 Pages / PB / Rs. 125ISBN: 81-7446-034-9 / 51/2x81/2

fourth edition

SUBHASH JAGOTA, CEO, GlobalBusiness Solutions

Foundation of Success

2009 / 78 Pages / PB / Rs. 125ISBN: 978-81-7446-721-8 / 61/4x91/2

Page 52: Excel Catalog 2010

52

personalitydevelopment

Power of OneABHISHEK MISHRA, IIM,Ahmedabad

A masterpiece, a gem, a rare find.Tchefor J., Researcher Particle Physics and Mechanics,

Cameroon

A brilliant book which will change your life.Alexander Blandl, Mckinsey Consultants, Germany

An Excellent book. Very Impressive indeed. Dr. C.W.R.D. Moseley, Senior Tutor,University of Cambridge

Congratulations! Good Work! Very impressive. Its like a thread thatchains all the everyday shining ideas together. Resonance sparkled bythe book is enormously helpful when you are bewildered by the difficultiesand need these ideas to carry on treading your journey. Should be oneof the books within easy reach.

Ying Zhang, Film Critics, L.A. Californria, USA

A most encouraging book to be kept close at all times.The Right Worshipful, Phillipa Slatter, Mayor City of

Cambridge, UK

I have read the book with great intrest and found it very useful.Prof. Peter Richards, The President, Hughes Hall, University of

Cambridge

Happiness is a Choice

J S MISHRA, CEO,Khadi Gram Udyog

This book delves deep into the nature of happiness and analyses itsconstituents. The book is like a mirror reflecting the secret knowledge,which lies within us. It is a book, which educates and enables eachindividual to decide which path to happiness he should follow. It providesa fascinating reading, as each of us will be able to relate to some of thethoughts and concepts expressed here and yet find something new, yet tobe discovered.

Dr. Yogendra NarayanSecretary General, Rajya Sabha

Mr. Mishra's book brings a unique and refreshingly holistic view whereboth philosophy and techniques are judiciously combined. The book isvery well written and has a rhythmic river-like flow. Once you getcaught in the book, it's difficult to put it down -such is its captivatingpower.

Padmashri Dr. Pritam SinghMDI, Gurgaon

2007 / 150 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 81-7446-530-8 / 61/4x91/2

2007 / 250 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-571-9 / 61/4x91/2

Choose to be happyEmotional Intelligence

DR. MOUSUMI S BHATTACHARYA, Professor,IFIM, Bangalore

DR. NILANJAN SENGUPTA, Professor, AllianceBusiness Academy, Bangalore

Section-I: Emotional Intelligence -Myth or Reality/Emotional Intelligence:The Genesis/Emotional Intelligence – Theory and Research Work/Section-II:Dimensions of Emotional Intelligence/‘Self ’ and Emotional Intelligence/SocialDimensions and Emotional Intelligence/Section-III: Applications of EmotionalIntelligence/Emotional Intelligence in Classroom/Emotional Intelligence atWorkplace – Leadership Dimensions/Emotional Intelligence – Group andOrganizational Effectiveness/Bhattacharya Instrument on Emotional Intelligence(BEIS-In)/Guidelines to Improve Emotional Intelligence

myth or reality

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 234 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 81-7446-543-X / 61/4x91/2

Recipient of ISTD Book Award- 2008

Leadership’s WinningSoftwareBanking on Motivation and Morale

M C JACOB, GM, State Bank of Indore

second edition

2008 / 140 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 978-81-7446-694-5 / 61/4x91/2

‘Most of the concepts chiseled with paramount perfection by Mr. Jacob are ground breakingand original as they emerge from his substantial experience in serving the internal andexternal customers of mainstream banking’.

Prof. Biswajeet Pattanayak, Ph.D., D. Sc., D.Litt., Fellow (AIMA)Former Professor IIM, Lucknow & Indore,

Former Director IIBM, Guwahati, Founder Director ASBM, Bhubaneshwar

‘Much of what is stated would be known to many people in the banking system when theyare junior officers...... but when they become leaders(bosses), they tend to forget the wisdom’.

Shri R. Viswanathan, Ex. Dy. Managing Director, State Bank of India

third edition

Succeeding through CommunicationSUBHASH JAGOTA, CEO, Global Business Solutions

2009 / 102 Pages / PB / Rs. 150ISBN: 978-81-7446-722-5 / 61/4x91/2

Succeeding in Interviews

2001 / 168 Pages / PB / Rs. 150ISBN: 81-7446-254-6 / 51/2x81/2

SUBHASH JAGOTA, CEO, Global Business Solutions

Page 53: Excel Catalog 2010

53

Competency basedInterviewing SkillsS PRABAKAR KAMATH

2008 /122 Pages / PB / Rs. 150ISBN: 978-81-7446-590-0 / 61/4x91/2

PersonalityDevelopmentPlanning your Success in CampusInterviews and Job FairsG SUBRAHMANYAMV KRISHNA MOHANV V VARA PRASAD

2008 / 92 Pages / PB / Rs. 125ISBN: 978-81-7446-686-0 / 61/4x91/2

Business Communication andPersonality Development

BISWAJIT DAS, IPSEETA SATPATHY

Lessons for Paradigm Change inPersonality

TEXTBOOK2006 / 330 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 81-7446-504-9 / 71/4x91/2

Passion to WinABAD AHMAD, Former Dean, Faculty of Management Studies and FormerPro-Vice-Chancellor, Delhi UniversityO P CHOPRA, Professor, Faculty of Management Studies (FMS), Delhi

Recipient of DMA-NTPC Book Award-2004

2004 / 322 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 81-7446-389-5 / 61/4x91/2

This book highlights the need, importance and essence of businesscommunication and personality development in the domain of businessunder the turbulent times. The language provided in the book is concise,lucid and forceful. It comprehends a vast array of subjects applicable tohumanity. The book emphasizes on the topics which are utterly relevant forstudents, budding managers, managers and professionals from all walks oflife in the new economy. The topics that are befitting to hyper-competitiveenvironment where 'change' is the only thing that is 'constant'. It is essential,ultimate and must for everybody globally; for their business developmentstrategies. The book believes that the power of communication throughproper pedagogy can create a magic in the business and society. Thoughts,text and cases scientifically conceived in the book motivate the readers tomake their learning experience interesting, influencing and touchy.

This book speaks on the traditional knowledge of communication andbusiness communication, and has radical chapters on neuro-linguistic, neuro-marketing, TQM, decision making, motivation, etiquette, good health,food culture, holiday retreat, spiritual journey apart from interpretationson Stephen Covey, Shiv Khera, Muriel James, Dale Carnegie. The book isprimarily meant for core and elective subjects in the syllabus of MBA,PGDM, B.E., B.Tech, MBBS, Tourism Management, Hospital Managementand all kind of personality development programs designed for campusinterviews and personal interviews.

Stress Management through Ancient Wisdomand Modern ScienceDR UMESH SHARMA

Recipient of ISTD Book Award- 2005-2006

2005 / 390 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 81-7446-451-4 / 61/4x91/2

personalitydevelopment

You can Beat yourStressDEBASHISH SENGUPTA, AssistantProfessor, Lal Bahadur Shastri Institute ofManagement & Technology

2007 / 64 Pages / PB / Rs. 95ISBN: 81-7446-544-8 / 61/4x91/2

Creativity for ManagersALAN BARKER

“Offers a pragmatic and persuasive framework for fostering innovation andimprovement, the twin elements of creativity.”

-National Herald

1998 / 128 Pages / PB / Rs. 145ISBN: 81-7446-078-0 / 61/4x91/2

Page 54: Excel Catalog 2010

54

Real Estate Market

BISWAJIT DAS, IBAT, Bhubaneswar

ASHIS KUMAR PANI, XLRI,Jamshedpur

New Economy New Business

TEXTBOOK2005 / 394 Pages / PB / Rs. 395ISBN: 81-7446-444-1 / 71/4x91/2

economics

V S SOMANAV S SOMANAV S SOMANAV S SOMANAV S SOMANATHTHTHTHTH

Feel Global, Be Local

This book is a successful attempt to analyse andexplain the various aspects of clusters withparticular reference to the micro and the smallenterprises in the country. It reiterates that thecluster development approach undeniably enables

Introduction / Migration of Micro and Small Enterprises to Micro Clusters/ Do Micro Clusters Benefit Communities? / Micro Clusters & EconomicPerformance / Overview of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME)Cluster in Indian Context / Why Does Cluster Analysis Matter? / Prospectsand Challenges of Micro Clusters

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 174 Pages / PB / Rs. 300ISBN: 978-81-7446-801-7 / 51/2x81/2

Micro Clusters

the micro and the small enterprises to withstand the challenges thrown bythe global competition. It presents a global view of Micro Clusters as avaluable option in strategic economic planning and development of the society.The book will be useful to the community of teachers in finance andeconomics and also for the policy-makers in the fiscal and monetary field.

Transforming PresentEconomic Challengesinto Global ProsperityEDITED BYNISHITH DUBEYIRA BAPNA

2010 / 400 Pages / PB / Rs. 550ISBN: 978-81-7446-824-6 / 71/4x91/2

Dictionary ofEconomicsB NANDHAKUMAR

Economics is the basis of our dailylives, even if we do not always realizeit. Whether it is an explanation ofhow firms work, or people vote, or

MicroeconomicTheory and Applications(Part I)S K AGARWALA

Introduction / Concepts of Demand and Supply / Elasticity of Demandand Supply / Revenue / Indifference Curve Analysis / Income–consumptionand Price–consumption Curves / Income and Substitution Effects /Applications of Indifference Curves / Revealed Preference / Short-runProduction Function / Long-run Production Function / Cost of Production/ Perfect Competition

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 238 Pages / PB / Rs. 175ISBN: 978-81-7446-665-5 / 71/4x91/2

MicroeconomicTheory and Applications(Part II)S K AGARWALA

Monopoly / Price Discrimination / Monopolistic Competition / Oligopoly/ Factor Pricing / Some Aspects of Factor Pricing: Monopsony and EconomicRent / Intertemporal Choice / Choice Under Uncertainty / GeneralEquilibrium / Market Failure / Asymmetric Information / Public Goodsand Externalities

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 162 Pages / PB / Rs. 145ISBN: 978-81-7446-666-2 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

customers buy, or government subsidises, economists haveexamined evidence and produced theories which can be checkedagainst practice.

This dictionary aims to cover the main aspects of the study ofeconomics, which students will need to learn when studying forexaminations at various levels. It would prove to be useful for thegeneral reader who comes across these terms in the financialpages of newspapers as well as in specialist magazines.

Every effort has been made to write the entries in a clear andlucid style to provide both straightforward definitions andinvaluable background information. At some appropriate places,line drawings have been incorporated to supplement the meaningof a word explained by means of a diagram.

This dictionary includes some selected terms concerning to thetopics on International Trade, Industry, Finance, Banking,Taxation, Demand and Supply theories of the firm, and Publicand Private Companies. The purpose of this Dictionary is toenable the reader, who is not equipped much with the knowledgeof economics, to face economic affairs in his day-to-day life.2010 / 248 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 978-81-7446-857-4 / 51/2x81/2

Page 55: Excel Catalog 2010

55

economics

Strategies of Developing CountriesOpportunities & ChallengesEDITORSSANJAY DUBEYRAJENDRA JAIN

2009 / 314 Pages / PB / Rs. 495ISBN: 978-81-7446-749-2 / 71/4x91/2

MicroeconomicsS K AGARWALA,Delhi University

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Preferences/Utility/Budget Constraint/Choice/Demand/Revealed Preference/Slutsky Equation/Buying, Sellingand Intertemporal Choice/Choice Under Uncertainty/Production Function/Cost/Perfect Competition/Monopoly and Monopolistic Competition/PriceDiscrimination and the Two-Part Tariff/Oligopoly/GameTheory/General Equilibrium with Pure Exchange/Production and General Equilibrium/Welfare/Externalities/Public Goods/Asymmetric Information

2007 / 392 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 81-7446-554-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

SURESH BEDI,MDU, Rohtak

BusinessEnvironment

The Nature and Dynamics of Business Environment/Key Indicators of Macro-Environment/The Dynamicsof Business Environment And Corporate Adjustment/Risks in Business Environment/Business Ethics andCorporate Social Responsibility/The Structure andWorking of An Economy/Determination of NationalIncome/The Process of Economic Growth/BusinessCycles/The Dynamics of Inflation/How Monetary PolicyWorks/The Operation of Fiscal Policy/Nature AndResources of Indian Economy/Current State of GrowthEnvironment/The Process of Economic Reforms/Current Fiscal Environment/Monetary and Credit PolicyEnvironment/Current Inflationary Scenario/The MRTPAct and the Competition Law/TechnologicalEnvironment/Corporate Governance/ConsumerProtection/Competitive Environment/Indian MoneyMarket/Indian Capital Market/Pattern of India’sIndustrialisation/Present Industrial PolicyEnvironment/Public Enterprise Reforms and TheDisinvestments Programme/The Small Scale Industry:Current Status, Challenges And Prospects/The ServicesSector in India/Infrastructure Development and Policy/Present Labour Environment/Globalisation of TheEconomy: Trends and Issues/Foreign TradeEnvironment/Foreign Direct Investment

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK

2004 / 650 Pages / 71/4x91/2

HB / ISBN: 81-7446-376-3 / Rs. 750PB / ISBN: 81-7446-375-5 / Rs. 325

Instructor Manual Available

In different parts of the world, the developing economies and communities arefacing increasing economic, social and cultural hardships. Stringent environmental,health and safety standards for everything from electronics to food are making itdifficult for the world’s poorer nations to export their products to developedcountries—but the right approach could turn these barriers into neweropportunities. The developing countries must adopt an integrated approach todeal with current economic breakdown and varying circumstances of all the aspectsof political and cultural environment. Developing and developed countries,businesses and organizations, therefore, have a shared responsibility to ensure thatnew requirements promote environmental protection.

The present book deals with some of these issues broadly classified into four parts.The first part covers the study of behavior of investors in insurance sector, impactof FIIs on the movement of Indian stock market during US economic crisis,impact of foreign direct investment on export and imports, competence of theeconomy to face US meltdown, changing global scenario of mergers and acquisitionsin service sector, and so on. The second part mainly deals with corporateentrepreneurship and the pursuit for competitive advantage, study of effectivenessof banner advertisements among young executives, corporate governance atcrossroads, etc.

Rural marketing, a study on the need of internet security for consumers at variouslevels, a key to assorted data problems, data warehousing, demand forecasting insupply chain management using neural network, fingerprint authentication usingsupervised neural network, intensity of e-banking products and services usages inpublic and private sector banks, opportunities and challenges of IP telephony,problem of effort estimation, open ID based system architecture for social networkinteroperability, the impact of IT & media on the capital market and equityresearch, and other such issues are covered in the third and fourth part of the book.

This book, therefore, makes an attempt to focus on a wide range of subjects andissues that exist in today’s vibrant and competitive environment.

Globalization andSectoral DevelopmentEDITED BYRAJ AGRAWALRASHMI BANGAA N BHATTACHARYA

2009 / 360 Pages / PB / Rs. 495ISBN: 978-81-7446-669-3 / 61/4x91/2

Economic Freedom for States of India 2007BIBEK DEBROY, Professor, International Management Institute (IMI), Delhi.

LAVEESH BHANDARI, Director, Indicus Analytics2008 / 50 Pages / PB / Rs. 100ISBN: 978-81-7446-597-9 / 61/4x91/2

Page 56: Excel Catalog 2010

56

economics

Business EnvironmentRAJ AGRAWAL, IILM, Delhi

second edition

2000 / 818 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 81-7446-216-3 / 71/4x91/2

TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available

TowardsPowering IndiaPolicy Initiatives andImplementationStrategy

R V SHAHI

Shri R.V. Shahi has been deeply involved in policy-makingand implementing some of the most important reforms inthe power sector. This book describes the changes that occurredover the Tenth Five Year Plan period in the sector. ShriShahi provides an insider's view on the important measuresand initiatives taken during this period. The Electricity Act2003, Electricity Policy and Tariff and other Policies requiredto operationalize the Act, the Accelerated Power DevelopmentReforms Programme (APDRP), and the initiation of RajivGandhi Grameen Vidhyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY) weresome of the initiatives that Shri Shahi was involved in. Thecompetitive tariff-based bidding for ultra-mega power projectswhich led to unprecedented low electricity tariff is one of hismajor contributions. This book deals with these and almostall issues connected with the power sector, its development,its management and its efficiency, by a man who has seen itall. No one interested in this sector can afford to miss thisbook.

Dr. Kirit S. Parikh, Member, Planning Commission,Yojana Bhavan

It is indeed very heartening to see Mr. R.V. Shahi providinghis deep understanding of the power sector and the insightsthat he has gained in yet another book that comes at acritical juncture of the country's development. Mr. Shahibrings with him a wealth of practical experience inimplementing power projects and managing operationswithin the power sector, which has been enriched by hisexperience as Secretary in the Ministry of Power. In thatposition, he not only initiated several new measures and setnew directions, but also gave shape to a vision of what thecountry needs in the future. All of this is put forward withrigour and analysis in his new book. India's growth andeconomic progress depends critically on the growth of thepower sector, and this book would be a valuable basis forformulation of future strategy at the national level and inthe states of India.

R.K. PachauriDirector General, The Energy and Resources Institute

(TERI) & Chairman, Intergovernmental Panel onClimate Change (IPCC)

2007 / 496 Pages / HB / Rs. 595ISBN: 81-7446-559-6 / 61/4x91/2

International EconomicsRAJ KUMAR

International Economics is one of the most important anddynamic disciplines of economics. The subject has become allthe more complex and interesting because of the intricaciesinvolved in economic factors, international relations, and the

International Economics and Trade / Analytical Tools of International Economics /Theory of Comparative Costs / Modern Theory of International Trade or Heck Scher-ohlin Theory / Gains from International Trade / International Trade: An Engine or anObstacle to Economic Development / Terms of Trade / Tariffs and International Trade/ Contribution of Economic Growth to International Trade – An Analysis of GrowthParameters / Free Trade vs Protection / Non-Tariff Trade Barriers – Quota System /Dumping and State Trading / Balance of Payments / Foreign Trade Multiplier /Monetary Policy – Fiscal Policy Mix: Internal and External Balance / Foreign ExchangeManagement / International Business Environment - An Overview / Strategy towardsGlobalisation / Theory of Economic Integration: Customs Union / Theory of EconomicIntegration: Regional Blocs and Groupings / WTO Framework: An Analysis andFuture Policy Options / International Financial Institutions – IMF and World Bank

socio-economic environment.

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 552 Pages / PB / Rs. 345ISBN: 978-81-7446-648-8 / 71/4x91/2

TEXTBOOK

Business EconomicsM ADHIKARY

Second Edition

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Part 1 Concepts And Techniques Business and Economics / Forms and Facets ofBusiness Organisation / Forms and Fallacies of Economic Analysis / Basic Conceptsand Precepts / Basic Tools and Techniques of Economic Analysis / Part 2 MicroeconomicAnalysis Of Business Units Market Analysis / Consumption and Demand Analysis /Production and Supply Analysis / Cost Analysis / Industry and Market StructureAnalysis / Theory and Models of Firm and Industry / Business Risks and UncertaintyAnalysis / Part 3 Macroeconomic Analysis Of Business Environment MacroeconomicEnvironment of Business / Macroeconomic Concepts of Stocks and Flows /Macroeconomic Analysis / Macroeconomic Problems of Fluctuations and Growth /Government and Business: Macroeconomic Policy Matters / Part 4 Overview AndIntegration Foundations of Economic Analysis / Business Ethics and Economic Offences/ Business Cases

TEXTBOOK2000 / 622 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 81-7446-215-5 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

This book captures all the recent developments in the international economics andbusiness scenario. The contents of the book are divided into four parts. The book has aspecial section on Case Studies which contains cases pertaining to International Economicsand International Business.

The book has been written in a clear, crisp and lucid style. Authentic (up-to-date) dataand proper illustrations have been provided to facilitate proper understanding of thesubject. This book has been designed keeping in view the standard requirements of theundergraduate and postgraduate students of various areas of Economics, InternationalBusiness and Management.

Instructor Manual Available

Page 57: Excel Catalog 2010

57

Electricity is a concurrent subject. And as all of usknow, up to 1975, generation, distribution andtransmission, all were handled practically only by theState Electricity Boards. The Central Government hasentered this sector only after 1975, and has played an

Challenge and Response

R V SHAHI

Indian Power Sector

2005 / 710 Pages / HB / Rs. 450ISBN: 81-7446-369-0 / 61/4x91/2

Privatizationmodels and experiences

R K MISHRAD GEETA RANI

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Introduction / Privatization: Theories and Models / Privatization: KeyPerspective / Modalities of Privatization / International Experiences / CaseStudies / Annotated Bibliography

2008 / 174 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-674-7 / 71/4x91/2

Privatization has been the most widely used andextensively debated topic in the world for the last quartercentury. The book considers various policy issues of thegovernments in relevance to the privatization. It also

examines the effects of privatization from various angles like, employment,distribution effects and so on.

The book is organized into seven chapters. The first chapter introduces thereader to the theory of privatization. The second chapter presents a detailedaccount of privatization models and their relevance to policy formulation. Thethird chapter deals with the key perspectives of privatization. The modalities ofthe privatization, presented in the fourth chapter, sensitize the readers aboutexploring the various possibilities open for the transfer of control and ownershipfrom the State Owned Enterprises (SOEs) to the private sector. The fifth chaptersummarizes the international experiences with privatization. The sixth chapterincorporates the case studies on privatization. Brief annotations of path-breakingworks on privatization have been included in the seventh chapter.

This book will help the researchers to overcome the methodological problems bymaking available at their dispense the various theories and models, linked to theprivatization studies.

important role by contributing about 32% of the total generation capacity of thecountry, Out of 1,00,000 ckm of high voltage transmission lines, about 50,000ckm is contributed by Central Government. It will continue to play an importantrole in future too.

The power sector requires an investment of more than Rs. 8 lakh crore so as tohave one of the best and contemporary power infrastructures in the world.Private participation is encouraged.

The power sector at present suffers from shortages, high level of AggregateTechnical and Commercial Losses, fuel shortages, low Plant Load Factor in someplants, inadequate rural electrification, as also its slow pace, inefficient use ofenergy, etc. Union Government and States are seized of these problems.

This book “Indian Power Sector – Challenge and Response” highlights theseproblems and also gives some suggestions to combat these troubles. This bookwill be of immeasurable use to all the technocrats, professionals and investors inpower sector.

Introduction / Basic Techniques in Managerial Economics/ Demand and Supply / Elasticity of Demand and Supply/ Demand Forecasting / Cost Analysis / ProductionAnalysis / Profit Analysis / Input-Output Analysis /Investment Decisions / Market Structure and PriceDetermination / Perfect Competition / Monopoly /Imperfect Competition / Pricing Methods and Approaches/ Theories of the Firm / Business Decision Making UnderRisk and Uncertainty / Advertising / Location Decision ofa Firm / Effects of Taxation / Welfare Economics /Introducing Macroeconomics / National Income: Conceptsand Measurement / Consumption, Savings and Investment/ Money, Interest and Expectations / Investments, Interestand Income: IS - LM Model / Theories of Inflation /Balance of Payments and the Foreign Sector / Globalisationof Indian Business / Economic Environment ofInternational Trade / Glossary / Index

ManagerialEconomicsATMANAND, MDI, Gurgaon

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK

This book is an attempt to assiststudents who have little or noprior knowledge of the subject.The book presents the text

second edition

2008 / 768 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-7446-691-4 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

economics

explaining the principles of managerial economics in a candidmanner. The emphasis of the book is on relating principles ofmicroeconomics at the firm level and discusses basictechniques in managerial economics, demand and supply,elasticity of demand and supply, demand forecasting,production analysis, cost analysis, profit analysis, input-outputanalysis, investment decisions, market analysis and pricedetermination under different market structures, pricingmethods and approaches, theories of firm, business decisionunder risk and uncertainty, advertising, effects of taxation,location decision, etc., at length.

The book has been written in a simple and reader friendlystyle. The students as well as the working managers will findit an effective tool for making decisions on microeconomicproblems.

FOREWORD BYKIRIT PARIKH

PARAG DIWANDEBESH C PATRA

Where is Oil inNational Reforms

2008 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 595ISBN: 978-81-7446-656-3 / 61/4x91/2

Page 58: Excel Catalog 2010

58

economics

KARAM PALSURENDER KUMAR

Managerial Economics

Introduction to Managerial Economics / Managerial Economicsvis-à-vis Economic Analysis: An Overview / Objectives of theBusiness Firm / Fundamental Concepts of Economics / Law ofDemand / Elasticity of Demand / Demand Forecasting /Consumer Behaviour: Cardinal Analysis / ConsumerBehaviour: Ordinal Analysis / Production Function /Economies of Scale / Cost Analysis / Price Determination:Perfect Competition and Monopoly / Price Determination:Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly / Dumping andTransfer Pricing / Business Cycles / Inflation and itsApplications / National Income Analysis / Balance of Payments/ Monetary Policy / Fiscal Policy / Theory of Multiplier /Theory of Income, Output and Employment / ContemporaryIssues in Managerial Economics

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 406 Pages / PB / Rs. 280ISBN: 978-81-7446-677-8 / 71/4x91/2

The present book on ManagerialEconomics is an attempt to come upto the expectations of those readers,particularly students at graduation andpostgraduation levels, who are

Principles of EconomicsS K AGARWALA, Delhi University

second edition

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Exploring the Subject Matter of Economics / Supply andDemand / Households / Perfect Market Structure / ImperfectMarket Structure / Input Markets / Exploring InternationalEconomics / Introduction to Macroeconomics / Introductionto National Income Accounting / The Classical System: TheFull Employment Model / The Keynesian Model / Money inthe Modern Economy / Inflation / Macroeconomics in anOpen Economy / Solution to Numerical Questions / Index

2008 / 324 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 978-81-7446-692-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

wandering for an ingenious and evocative solo textbook on thesubject. For the last more than a decade or so, ManagerialEconomics is being taught as a compulsory course in all themanagement programmes where the students wish to have atextbook in self-instructional format for their quick learning ofthe fundamentals.

The basic concepts of the subject have been elucidated in thesewide-ranging chapters with suitable examples. All the chaptershave been designed in a lucid manner and the details provided inthis text are in self-instructional manner. It is expected that thereaders would find this book quite valuable and receptive.

TEXTBOOK

Business EnvironmentVIVEK MITTAL, CEO and Dean, NarayanCollege of Management, Bareilly

Part 1 Environment of Business / Business Environment / EconomicEnvironment / Technological Environment / Political and GovernmentEnvironment / Constitutional Environment / Part 2 Economic Policies /Inflation / Fiscal Policy / Foreign Trade Policy / Economic Reforms /Industrial Policy / Monetary Policy / Public Sector / Privatisation /Development Planning / Small Scale Industries / Industrial Sickness inIndia and its Exit Policy / Part 3 Legal Environment / Company Law /Industries (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951 / MRTP Act / TheCompetition Bill, 2001 / Foreign Exchange Management Act / ConsumerProtection / Intellectual Property Rights / Value Added Tax / Part 4 Socio-culture Environment / Ethics / Social Responsibility of a Business / CorporateGovernance / Socio-cultural Environment / Indian Rural Market / Part 5Financial Environment / Indian Financial System /Development Banking/ Stock Exchange and SEBI / Commodity Exchange / Part 6 InternationalEnvironment / Globalisation / World Trade Organization & India / RegionalGroupings / The IMF / International Bank for Reconstruction andDevelopment (World Bank) / Multi National Corporations / FDI in India/ The Environment

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 612 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 81-7446-557-X / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available

This book is an effort to make the students ofmanagement and commerce understand aboutthe environment about which they have to takedecisions in future. Extensive effort has beenmade to cover all the aspects of external

Business PerspectivesS PRABAKARAN

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Nature and Scope of Business / Forms of Business Enterprise / PublicSector Enterprises / Business as a System / Business and EnvironmentInterface / Business Objectives / Business Ethics and Values / CorporateGovernance / National Income / Indian Agriculture / Related Issues /Relationship among Government, Business and Industry / IndustrialPolicy / Privatisation / Problems and Prospects of Small Scale Industries/ Industrial Growth of India / Industrial Sickness / Status ofEntrepreneurship in India / Social Responsibilities of Business /Technology Environment / Monetary Policy / Fiscal Policy / Finances ofUnion and States / Features of Global Business / Globalisation /Infrastructure Development (Infrastructure Perspectives) / MultinationalCorporations / International Business Risks

TEXTBOOK2008 / 210 Pages / PB / Rs. 175ISBN: 978-81-7446-655-6 / 71/4x91/2

environment that is Political, Technological, Global and Socio - Culture,which influences business decisions.

Effort have been made to include the current topics like WTO, RegionalGroupings, VAT, Corporate Governance, Competition Law, FEMA etc.

Page 59: Excel Catalog 2010

59

finance

Macro Dynamics of Micro FinanceEDITORSDANIEL LAZARP NATARAJANMALABIKA DEO

Micro finance is one of the most efficient and effective tools to fightagainst poverty. It is flexible in nature and is acclaimed globally as atool for eradicating poverty and improving the socio-economiccondition of the disadvantaged of the society. Micro finance

2010 / 612 Pages / PB / Rs. 795ISBN: 978-81-7446-807-9 / 71/4x91/2

Contemporary Issues andChallenges in Banking andFinancial Sector in IndiaEDITORSU BHOJANNAS N MURTHY

This book is a compilation of the articlesreceived on twelve major contemporary issuesnamely, Mergers and Acquisitions, HR Issuesin Banking, Microfinance, Risk Management,E-Banking, Merchant Banking, Retail Banking,Customer Relationship Management inBanking, Globalisation issues in banking,Capital Market and Banking Sector, Role ofBanks and Issues of Banking Sector, for theNational Conference on “Contemporary Issuesand Challenges in Banking and Financial Sectorin India” organized by RNS Institute ofTechnology, Bangalore. These topics are of greatinterest to academicians, research scholars andindustry professionals in the banking sector.

Changes in economic scenario are responsiblefor various banking reforms. The articles in thisbook highlight the opportunities and challengesfaced by the banking and finance sector in thecountry, the origin and growth of the sectorover a period and the impact of advancementin technology on the sector.

The articles on Risk Management highlight theproblems witnessed by the bank due to defaultin payment and the dynamics of credit risk.Talent is scarce, hence retaining the talent isanother challenge in front of the banks. Thearticles on this topic deliberate upon severalHR issues such as identifying, hiring andknowledge updation of human resourcesthrough training to meet the challenges of theeconomy. The papers on the topic of CRMmake an attempt to unfold the customerrelationship management in banking andfinancial sector and discuss how customercentric organizations have won high net-worthcustomers.

2010 / 728 Pages / PB / Rs. 950ISBN: 978-81-7446-848-2 / 71/4x91/2

The Impact of Foreign Direct Investmenton Indian EconomyEDITED BYAROCKIA BASKARANJ J SOUNDARARAJ

Globalisation of economic activities has increased the importance of multinational enterprisesin the development process of a country. The inflow of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI)increased rapidly during the late 1980s and the 1990s in almost every region of the worldrevitalizing a contentious debate about the costs and benefits of FDI inflows. The reformsundertaken in India since 1991 have unleashed the potential growth of the economy andstimulated trade, outsourcing and the entry of multinational enterprises under the banner FDI.

In recent years, India has become one of the attractive destinations for overseas investment asadduced by FDI inflow figures of India which have reached a historic high in recent years andis ranked 3rd among the most attractive locations for foreign investments by UNCTAD. Thefact to be noted here is that a large amount of foreign direct investment has been chasing toofew sectors like Computer Software & Hardware, Financial Services and Automobiles.

This book discuss the wonders and the blunders of foreign direct investments in the postLiberalisation era in India. It also contains the contributions of foreign direct investment toIndia which require investments that will strengthen the infrastructure industries and servicesthat are so essential for sustainable growth and also for the social well-being of the poor andmarginalised.2010 / 334 Pages / PB / Rs. 595ISBN: 978-81-7446-843-7 / 71/4x91/2

institutions have expanded the frontiers of institutional finance and have brought the poor,especially poor women, into the formal financial system and enabled them to access credit andfight poverty.

This book contains 50 research papers contributed by scholars in the field of micro finance.These have been categorized into the following five theme parts:

Micro Finance in Priority Communities and Priority States, Innovation in Micro Finance, Micro Finance for Regional Development, Micro Finance and Poverty Eradication, and

Issues in Micro Finance.

In order to have symmetric growth across the country through micro finance, policy orientationis getting shifted to states and communities with high poverty and low micro financeconcentration, and therefore, they are presented separately. Case studies on poverty eradicationand regional developments with micro finance are presented in different parts. Present daymantra of effective and efficient delivery of credit through innovation and technology for themasses is discussed under innovations for micro finance. Issues which are new and important forup scaling micro finance are also presented for the benefit of readers, researchers and practitioners.This volume would be used as ready reference materials for further enhancement in variousaspects for better micro finance and micro finance industry.

Page 60: Excel Catalog 2010

60

finance

Dynamics of FinancialMarkets and Institutions inIndiaR M SRIVASTAVADIVYA NIGAM

The Kernel of the present work with its unique concoction of innovativeness, eloquence,perspicaciousness and discernment is to capture the dynamically changing architecture,policies, strategies and practices of Indian financial markets and institutions and conveythem to avid learners in a structured and stimulating manner.

The present work is gravid with the following immanent features:

The present work is an eclectic presentation of contemporary financial concepts,skills, techniques pertaining to management of financial markets and institutions.

The work presents a unique mélange of a descriptive narration of the operations of thefinancial system with a sufficient amount of theory so that the learner understands theprinciples underlying therein.

This work is consecrated to provide an analytical view of dynamics of various financialmarkets and institutions operating in Indian financial system in terms of evolvingvision, business models, innovative instruments, new architectures and new financialpractices.

The present work provides a balanced view of the various institutional participantsand markets in the Indian financial system.

The present work unwaveringly focuses on managerial aspects of the financial systemwhich would be of great value to the learners.

A glossary at the end of the book provides a terse view of key financial terms used in thetext.

As such, the work is expected to best suit the needs of practicing managers and learnerspursuing management, commerce and other sectoral programmes.

Section I:Introduction / Economic Growth and Financial System / Types of FinancialMarkets / Categories of Financial Institutions / Section II:Financial Markets in India /Money Market in India and Abroad / Dynamism of Indian Money Market / CapitalMarket in India and Abroad / Primary Market in India / Dynamics of New Issue Marketin India / Stock Market in India / Major Stock Exchanges in India—A Synoptic Profile /Government Securities Market in India / Corporate Debt Market in India / DerivativeMarket in India / Foreign Exchange Market / Regulation of Securities Market in India /Section III:Management of Commercial Banking Institutions / Reserve Bank of India—Nucleus of Indian Banking System / Dynamic Profile of Indian Banking Industry /Corporate Governance in Commercial Banks / Competitive Strategy to Meet Challenges ofCommercial Banks in India / Commercial Banking Restructuring / Management ofCapital Funds in Commercial Banks / Relationship Banking / Dynamics of Bank CreditManagement in India / Financial Inclusion / Micro Finance in India / Risk Managementin Commercial Banks / Management of Non-Performing Assets in Commercial Banks /Operational Efficiency of Commercial banks in India / Regulation and Supervision ofCommercial Banks in India / Section IV: Management of Development FinancialInstitutions in India / Development Financial Institutions in India—An Overview /Performance Evaluation of All India Financial InstitutionsSection V: Management ofInvestment Institutions in India / Insurance Industry in India / Life Insurance Corporationof India / Mutual Funds in India / Section VI:Non-Banking Finance Companies in India/ Non-Banking Finance Companies in India—An Overview / Housing Finance Companiesin India / Venture Capital

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Principles of BankingManagementNEELAM C. GULATI

This book is an attempt to provide acomprehensive introduction to the theoretical andapplied issues relating to the Indian bankingindustry. It provides a detailed coverage of thebasics of banking, risks in banking and theirmanagement, principles of banking, products, roleof technology in banking sector and history andfuture expectations of Indian banking sector. Thetext aims to familiarize students with the reasonsfor banks’ existence, the different services they offer,and the recent trends impacting the bankingbusiness. The content of the book has beensupported with a good number of keywords andannexures.

This book has been written keeping in mind theinterest of students pursuing specialisation inbanking both at graduate and postgraduate levels.This book will be of immense benefit to thestudents appearing for various diplomas in bankingas well as banking industry professionals at large.A strong focus on contemporary central bankingand bank regulation issues provides students withthe most up-to-date information on bankingpractice.

Introduction to Banking / Structure of IndianBanking System / The Reserve Bank of India /Banking Sector and Organisation of Banks /Electronic Banking / Bank Loans / PrioritySector Lending / Export Credit / Annual Reportand Balance Sheet of A Bank / Project andWorking Capital Finance / Banking Legislation/ Banking Sector Reforms: NPAs and CapitalAdequacy in Indian Banks / Banking Products/ Development Banking / Bank Marketing

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2010 / 404 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-827-7 / 71/4x91/2

TEXTBOOK

Page 61: Excel Catalog 2010

61

Security Analysis andPortfolio ManagementROHINI SINGH

Part I: Background / Introduction / Riskand Return / A Brief Overview of theIndian Financial System / Part II: DebtMarkets / Systematic Risk / UnsystematicRisk / Bond Management / Part III:Fundamental Analysis and Valuation /Economy Analysis / Industry Analysis/ Company Analysis / Valuation / PartIV: Price Analysis and Strategy /Technical Analysis / Market Efficiency/ Part V: Derivative Securities / Optionsand Futures / Part VI: InvestmentAnalysis and Management / PortfolioAnalysis / Portfolio Planning andManagement / Asset Pricing Models:Required Return Analysis / MutualFunds and Performance Analysis / PartVII: Research / Writing a Project Reportor Journal Paper

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 382 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-748-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Investment is the commitment of funds for aperiod of time with the expectation ofreceiving more than the current outlay. Thisbook examines financial decisions from theperspective of people investing in corporatesecurities and other assets. As investors, weneed to understand the implications ofinvesting in various assets and the associatedrisks and returns. This book aims to providean introductory course in investmentmanagement. It contains a blend of theoryand practice based on the Indian FinancialSystem, and is presented in a manner that iseasy to comprehend.

The book contains computer exercises topromote understanding and analytical skills.It also provides guidance for term papers andprojects. It is, therefore, suitable as atextbook for undergraduate and postgraduatestudents studying the subject for the firsttime. It can also serve as a reference book forthe practicing managers and investors.

International Financial ManagementMADHU VIJ, FMS, Delhi University

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK

third edition

Part-1 The International Financial Environment / International Financial Management: AnOverview / International Monetary System / International Financial Institutions/DevelopmentBanks / Balance of Payments / Part-2 The Foreign Exchange Markets / Derivative / ForeignCurrency Futures / Foreign Currency Options / The Foreign Exchange Market / Theories ofForeign Exchange Rate Movement and International Parity Conditions / Part-3 ManagingForeign Exchange Exposure / Management of Foreign Exchange Risk / Management of TranslationExposure / Management of Transaction Exposure / Management of Economic Exposure / Part-4 Financial Management of the Multinational Firm / Foreign Direct Investment / Cost ofCapital and Capital Structure of the Multinational Firm / Multinational Capital Budgeting –Application and Interpretation / Multinational Cash Management / Country Risk Analysis /International Taxation / Part-5 Managing Foreign Operations / International Banking /Eurocurrency Market / Interest Rate and Currency Swaps / Depository Receipts – GlobalDepository Receipts and American Depository Receipts / Euro and its Implications for IndianBanking

This book is the revised and expanded edition of International FinancialManagement. It attempts to equip the students and financial managerswith the complete information of the international financial marketsas well the foreign exchange markets and also provides them with the

analytical tools they need to make sound business decisions in the present competitive globalscenario.

Contents of the book have been revised completely to include a comprehensive coverage of theconcept. Each chapter is self contained and to help the students, many new examples and texthave been added in the present edition.

Key features of the third edition are as follows:

A detailed discussion of the monetary system in the Indian context with new solved problemsand caselets has been included.

Annexures on ‘A History of the International Monetary System’ and ‘The World’s MajorEconomic Cooperation and Free Trade Agreements’ have been included.

It contains a detailed discussion on foreign exchange quotations, spot market and the foreignexchange market and foreign premiums and discounts.

It reflects a new perspective on Euro and presents new dimensions on depository receipts.

Latest developments in the foreign direct investment, techniques of capital budgeting, dividendgrowth model and CAPM, and a new section on the evidences from Asian countries are the otherhighlights of this new edition.

2010 / 738 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-7446-821-5 / 81/4x11

Emerging Financial MarketsEDITED BYDR. R NANDAGOPAL, Professor and Director, PSG Institute ofManagement, PSG College of Technology, Coimbatore, India.

DR. V SRIVIDYA, Assistant Professor, PSG Institute of Management, PSGCollege of Technology, Coimbatore, India.

2007 / 300 Pages / PB / Rs. 450ISBN: 978-81-7446-583-2 / 71/4x91/2

finance

Page 62: Excel Catalog 2010

62

finance

Sustaining Shareholder Value

EDITORSSHANTANU MEHTA, NEERAJ AMARNANI

Corporate Finance Practices

CFO is transitioning from being a check on the flow of funds to aThis book contains selected papers from those presented at the NirmaInternational Conference on Management (NICOM 2010) held inJanuary, 2010, at the Institute of Management, Nirma University,

Sustaining Shareholder Value

EDITORSSHANTANU MEHTA, NEERAJ AMARNANI

Role of Investors and Regulations

This book contains some of the selected papers presented at theNirma International Conference on Management (NICOM 2010)held in January, 2010, at the Institute of Management, Nirma

2009 / 520 Pages / PB / Rs. 795ISBN: 978-81-7446-802-4 / 71/4x91/2

2009 / 542 Pages / PB / Rs. 795ISBN: 978-81-7446-803-1 / 71/4x91/2

University, Ahmedabad, on the theme of ‘Managing Finance: Sustaining Shareholder Value’.The contents of the book have been organized under three sections viz., Capital Markets;Financial Services; and Government Policy and Corporate Finance. The reader of the bookwould gain a better understanding of the financial markets, services and policy environment thatimmediately impact corporate finance and eventually shareholder value.

Ahmedabad, on the theme of ‘Managing Finance: Sustaining Shareholder Value’. The contents ofthe book have been organized under three sections viz., Corporate Finance; Financial Reportingand Corporate Governance; and Emerging Trends in Finance.

Security Analysis andPortfolio ManagementSUDHINDRA BHAT, Director, SRN AdarshDepartment of Management Studies

KEY FEATURES:

Part I: The Investment Environment /Nature and Scope of Investment Decisions/ Stock Markets in India/Stock Exchangesin India / New Issue Market / Stock MarketRegulation / Intermediaries / MarketIndices / Capital Market Reform / Part II:Alternative Investment Outlets / Avenuesof Investment / Bond and Preference ShareValuation and Analysis / Equity SharesValuation and Analysis / Part III: Risk andReturn, Security analysis / Risk and Return/ Fundamental Analysis 1: EconomicAnalysis / Fundamental Analysis 2:Industry Analysis / Fundamental Analysis3: Company Analysis / Technical Analysis/ Efficient Market Theory / BehaviouralFinance / Part IV: Portfolio Analysis andManagement / Portfolio Analysis: Risk andReturn / Portfolio Selection / Capital MarketTheory / Portfolio Revision / PerformanceEvaluation of Portfolio / Forecasting ofPortfolio Performance / PortfolioManagement / Part V: Derivatives /Financial Derivatives Markets / Hedging,Options, Futures, Forward and Swaps /Part VI: General Topics on Investment /Commodity Market / Foreign PortfolioInvestment / Mutual Fund / Guidelinesfor Investment

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 686 Pages / PB / Rs. 370ISBN: 978-81-7446-580-1 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available

186 Solved Problems / 237 Review questions(Theoretical Questions / Guidelines forinvestment / Investing Tips - profiles soundinvesting tips and considerations / Mistakesinvestors make and how to avoid them / Detailedmaterial on derivatives, options, mutual funds,Swaps, Behavioural Finance / Explanation by realworld examples and investment strategies / Focuson stock market instruments / New avenues ofinvestment opportunities / Balanced coverage ofindividual and institutional investment / Morethan 2400 Investment Terminologies

Dictionary of FinanceSHEETAL THOMAS

In general terms, a dictionary is a collection of words listedalphabetically, along with definitions and other information. Thisbook contains more than 3000 words that describe some importantterms of finance and accounting. As a comprehensive vocabulary ofterms used in finance, this book covers different aspects of the subject

2010 / 438 Pages / PB / Rs. 300ISBN: 978-81-7446-847-5 / 51/2x81/2

such as trial balance, balance of payments, debt financing, JIT, overhead budget, ratio analysis,risk, etc.

This book provides concise definitions of important financial terms. An attempt has been madeto write the entries in a clear and lucid style to provide straightforward definitions and invaluablebackground information. The words and terms are explained in simple language and clear andeasy illustrations have been included, where appropriate, to explain their meaning and usage. Ithas been compiled to meet the needs of the students of finance at all levels.

The dictionary will be of immense value and will serve as a ready-reckoner to the students ofmanagement and others studying or working in the related fields. Also, it will help the studentsto locate, identify and expound day-to-day terminology in its proper context.

Page 63: Excel Catalog 2010

63

Management AccountingSUDHINDRA BHAT

TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available

Management accounting is concerned with providing informationto managers¯that is, people inside an organization who direct andcontrol its operations. These operations include making decisionsregarding planning the future course of the business, pricing productsor services so as to cover costs and make profit, planning and allocatingcapital resources, acquiring and evaluating human resources, andevaluating the business segments and its managers. This book isdesigned as a comprehensive and analytical treatise to fill the gapscreated by the non-availability of good management books.

This book describes both theory and common practices in simpleand lucid manner so that the students can understand how to produceinformation that is useful in day-to-day decision making. It isparticularly written for the managers, management accountants andprofessional students to reason out the cost and managementaccounting issues for themselves. Also, this would prove to be veryuseful for the students who do not have a basic knowledge ofmanagement accounting or who need help in improving theirperformance as the concepts are explained with a number ofillustrations and diagrams for clear understanding of the subjectmatter.

The book seeks to build and develop familiarity with analyticaltechniques in internal and external decision-making in the competitiveworld. It contains 786 solved problems, 189 unsolved problems,around 300 theoretical questions and 14 case studies for classdiscussion, EDP and FDP.

This book is structured in such a way that it can be used in bothsemester as well as trimester patterns of various MBA, MCom,PGDM, PGP, PG courses of all major universities, and CA, CS,CFA, CWA, CPA of professional and autonomous institutions.

Part I: Introduction / Management Accounting / Part II: FinancialStatement Analysis / Financial Statement and Accounting Practice/ Funds Flow Statement / Cash Flow Statement / FinancialStatements: Analysis and Interpretation / Ratio Analysis / WorkingCapital Management / Part III: Cost Determination / Concept ofCost / Material Control / Costing and Control of Labour /Overheads / Machine Hour Rate / Process Costing / ContractCosting / Operating Costing / Unit or Output Costing /Reconciliation of Cost and Financial Accounts / Part IV: Planning/ Marginal Costing and Cost Volume Profit Analysis / Budgetand Budgetary Control / Capital Budgeting / Part V: Control /Standard Costing / Variance Analysis / Responsibility Accounting/ Part VI: General Topics / Accounting for Price Level Changes /Value Added and Shareholder Value Analysis / Human ResourceAccounting / Financial Forecasting and Balance Scorecard

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 818 Pages / PB / Rs. 380ISBN: 978-81-7446-763-8 / 81/4x11

Cost AccountingTheory and Practice

K S THAKUR

A business enterprise operates in a dynamicenvironment which creates many new facets

Cost Elements and Classification / Material Cost and Control / LabourCost Control / Overheads / Unit or Output Costing / Job and BatchCosting / Contract Costing / Process Costing / Operating Costing /Reconciliation of Cost and Financial Accounts / Uniform Costing andInter–Firm Comparison / Marginal Costing (Cost–Volume–ProfitAnalysis and Decision-making) / Standard Costing / Budgetary Control/ Cost Audit / Cost Reduction

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 764 Pages / PB / Rs. 360ISBN: 978-81-7446-750-8 / 81/4x11

Corporate AccountingDR. V K GOYAL, SRCC, Delhi

Issue of Shares - Forfeiture and Reissue of Forfeited Shares / Issue andRedemption of Preference Shares and Bonus / Purchase of a Business /Profits Prior to Incorporation / Loan Capital (Issue of Debentures) /Redemption of Debentures / Final Accounts / Internal Reconstruction /External Reconstruction [Amalgamation, Absorption and Merger] / CashFlow Statement / Ratio Analysis

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 486 Pages / PB / Rs. 210ISBN: 978-81-7446-751-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Second Edition

Accounting for different types of corporations comes under the sphere ofCorporate Accounting. This book primarily deals with the preparationand presentation of accounts strictly in accordance with the provisions ofIndian Company Law. It is written as per the revised syllabus of B.Com.courses of Indian Universities, particularly of Delhi University. This bookprovides a comprehensive coverage of the subject in a lucid style makingit easy for the students to grasp the subject.

TEXTBOOK

of management problems characterized by the presence of large scaleproduction, research, expansion, product improvement and diversification,widening of the market and cut-throat competition, leaving narrow marginfor profit. The importance of cost accounting has risen due to thiscompetitive environment. It is a significant aspect in the field of Commerce,Management and other important functional areas.

This book covers all the advanced topics of cost accounting included inthe syllabi of BCom, MCom, BBA, MBA and other similar professionalcourses of Indian Universities. Every chapter is well-equipped with solvedproblems as well as theoretical and numerical questions for betterunderstanding of the graduate and postgraduate syllabi of Commerce andManagement.

finance

Page 64: Excel Catalog 2010

64

finance

Management Control Systemsa managerial emphasis

PRADIP KUMAR SINHA

Nature of Management Control System / Contributing Theories of ManagementControl Systems / Major Influencing Factors on the Design of ManagementControl Systems / Infrastructure Organising / for Management Control / TheManagerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy / Responsibility Centre/ Strategic Planning / Budgetary Control as an Instrument of Management /Control / Performance Measurement and Balanced Scorecard / ManagementCompensation / Designing of Management Control Systems in Indian Contextand Importance of MCS in the / Backdrop of Opening up of Indian Economy/ Management Control of Service Organisations, Non-profit Organisationsand Government Organisations / Audit / Management Control and EmergingAreas / Management Control of Multinational Organisations / ManagementControl of Projects / A Guide to Case Analysis in Management ControlSystems / Managerial Costing Traditional Systems and Activity Based Systems

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 518 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-680-8 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Financial Accountinga managerial emphasis

ASHOK BANERJEE, Professor,Finance and Control, IndianInstitute of Management, Kolkata

The highlights of the book are discussions on: Accounting Standards in India Understanding Published

Financial Statements Inventory Valuation and DepreciationAccounting Cash Flow Reporting and Interpretation FinancialStatements Analysis Intra-firm and Inter-firm Comparisons

Consolidated Financial Statements Valuation Techniques Accounting for Amalgamations Selected Solved and

Unsolved Cases Financial Statements Analysis by Banks Investment Accounting for Banks Accounting for Share buyback

ESOP Accounting

New to the Third Edition

third edition

Instructor Manual Available

Management Accounting has two broad branches—FinancialAccounting and Cost Accounting. This book covers the firstaspect of Management Accounting. It seeks to delve deepinto all the aspects of Financial Accounting from a manager’sperspective. The objective is to present the concepts,applications and practices of Financial Accounting in such amanner that even those readers having no prior exposure tothe subject can understand its theory and practice. A manageris more interested in understanding various elements infinancial statements and thereby being able to analyze andinterpret the financial health of a business entity on the basisof financial statements. Apart from this, the readers will alsobecome thoroughly acquainted with the financial disclosurepractices followed in India.

TEXTBOOK2009 / 794 Pages / PB / Rs. 360ISBN: 978-81-7446-743-0 / 71/4x91/2

This book is intended for various managementcourses. The objective of writing this book is to set anew standard for the Management Control Systems

Accounting for Financial Instruments, including Derivatives Illustrations on Pricing of Derivatives Accounting for Demerger Share based Payments

Risk Management in Banksconcepts and applications

S SINGHYOGESH SINGH

Part I: Banking Service in India – Then & Now/Commercial Banking inIndia/Development Banks & FLS in India/Financial Sector Reforms in India- An Overview/Part II: Risk Management: Concept and Application/AssetLiability Management (ALM) in Banks/Introduction to Risk Management inBanks/Credit Risk Management in Banks/CRM Policy and Application RoadMap/Market Risk Management (MRM)/Operational Risk Management(ORM)/Building Block for Integrated Risk Management (IRM)/IntegratedRisk Management (IRM)/Part III: Corporate Governance Complements RiskManagement/Corporate Governance and Risk Management are Complementary/PNB — A Case Study of the Risk Management Division/Part IV: Applicationof Risk Management/Policies and Tools

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 224 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 978-81-7446-641-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

textbooks. An attempt has been made to write this book with the followingfeatures:

A comprehensive and up to date coverage of all the issues with special referenceto India. Uncontroversial presentation with detailed explanation in simplelanguage. An integrated and logical flow of the text from the beginning to theend. Focuses managerial implications which cater to the needs of businessschool students. Makes important theories accessible and interesting to thestudents with live examples.

Financial Accounting—An Introduction / Recording in thePrimary Books / Postings in the Secondary Books / BankReconciliation Statement / Trial Balance and Final Accounts/ Accounting Standards in India / Revenue Recognition /Corporate Financial Statements—Part-I / CorporateFinancial Statements—Part-II / Understanding PublishedFinancial Statements / Cash Flow Reporting / FinancialStatements Analysis / Intra-firm and Inter-firmComparisons / Lease Accounting and Analysis /Consolidated Financial Statements / Valuations / Accountingfor Amalgamations / Accounting for Investments / FinancialInstruments

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Instructor Manual Available

Page 65: Excel Catalog 2010

65

Multinational Financial ManagementR M SRIVASTAVA

SECTION I: INTRODUCTION / Introduction / International Monetary System / InternationalFinancial Flows / SECTION II: MANAGEMENT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE / ForeignExchange Market / Exchange Rate Determination and International Parity Conditions /Management of Country Risk / Management of Exposure to Exchange Risk – An Aggregate View/ Management of Operating Exposure / Internal Hedging Techniques of Transaction ExposureManagement / External Hedging Techniques of Transaction Exposure Management / Managementof Translation Exposure / Foreign Exchange Control / SECTION III: MULTINATIONALINVESTMENT DECISIONS / Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) / Capital Budgeting forMultinationals / Multinational Portfolio Investment / Multinational Working Capital Management/ Taxation and Foreign Investment Decision / SECTION IV: MULTINATIONAL FINANCINGDECISIONS / Financing Multinational Operations / MNC’s Capital Structure Decision / Costof Capital for MNCs

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 358 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 978-81-7446-670-9 / 71/4x91/2

Financial Management

DR PRADIP KUMAR SINHA

tools and techniques

With the liberalization of Indian economy, the Indian corporate worldhas found itself in an environment where it has to contest with themarket forces, large corporations with significant brand equity andalso follow different resource strategies and practices. India faces thetask of not only integrating itself with the rest of the world, but moreimportantly, of understanding future global trends to work towards

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

PART I: INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT / Nature of FinancialManagement / Indian Financial System / Time Value of Money / Risk and Return Fundamentals/ PART II: FINANCIAL ANALYSIS, PROFIT PLANNING AND CONTROL / Analysis andInterpretation of Financial Statements using the Techniques of Fund Flow Analysis and RatioAnalysis / Cost -Volume- Profit Analysis and Break-Even Point / Financial Planning and BudgetaryControl / PART III: LONG-TERM INVESTMENT DECISIONS / Capital ExpenditurePlanning and Control / Risk Analysis in Capital Budgeting / PART IV: LONG TERMFINANCING AND DIVIDEND DECISIONS / Leverage and Capital Structure / Sources ofLong-Term and Medium Term funds / Dividend policy considerations / PART V: WORKINGCAPITAL MANAGEMENT / Working Capital Management / Management of Cash / ReceivableManagement / Inventory Management / Current Liabilities Management / PART VI:MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT / Concept of Micro-Finance/ Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructuring / Corporate Governance / Performance Measurement,ROI, EVA and Balanced Scorecard / Recent Trends in Accounting and Finance / Value BasedManagement-Introduction / Introduction to derivatives and Financial Risk Management / FinancialManagement of Multinational Firm / A Guide to Case Analysis / Appendix

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 856 Pages / PB / Rs. 395ISBN: 978-81-7446-737-9 / 81/4x11

This book deals with the modern concepts, approaches, skills,techniques and practices of the international financial management.The book is organized in such a manner as to provide clear, authoritativeand comprehensive idea about the background on the internationalfinancial environment, followed by a focus from a corporateperspective. The entire text is divided into four major sections. The

finance

Accounting and Costing forManagementPRADIP KUMAR SINHA

UNIT 1: Accounting as an InformationSystem / Uses of Accounting Informationand the Basic Financial Statement /Measuring Business Transactions /Measuring Business Income /Completing the Accounting Cycle /Accounting for Trading Operations /Financial Reporting and Analysis /Analysis and Interpretation of FinancialStatements using the Techniques of FundFlow Analysis and Ratio Analysis /Accounting Standards / Nature andIncidence of Window-dressing / UNIT2: Management and Cost Accounting /Introduction to Management and CostAccounting / Materials / Labour Cost /Overheads / Methods of Costing / Non-Integrated Accounts and Reconciliationof Cost and Financial Accounts /Marginal Costing and Cost-volume-profit Analysis / Financial Planning andBudgetary Control / Standard Costing /Management Information and ReportingSystem / Responsibility Accounting andTransfer Pricing / New Concepts forDecision-making – ABC CostManagement, Value Chain Analysis,Target Costing and Life Cycle Costing

This book attempts to provide a detaileddescription of the concepts of accountingand costing. It covers the basics of financialaccounting and costing and is focused on tomeet the learning requirements of thoselearners who do not have any basic knowledgeof management accounting and costing,particularly PGDM and MBA students inthe first year. However, even those who arefamiliar with the basic concepts of accountingand costing may find the book very useful asit covers live examples from the corporateworld. The author has used innovative andsimplistic method to explain the concepts.

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2010 / 650 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-7446-806-2 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK

first two sections of the text provide the macroeconomic framework for the text and the remainingtwo sections furnish a microeconomic framework, in an enlightening manner and lucid style.

As such, the text is expected to best suit the needs of practicing managers and students pursuingmanagement, commerce and other sectoral programmes.

finding a place among the leading economies.

In this book, the author has endeavoured to provide a firm grounding in the principles, techniquesand practice of financial management.

Page 66: Excel Catalog 2010

66

finance

Management Accounting

M P PANDIKUMAR, Professor, BusinessAdministration, Infant Jesus College of Engineering.

theory and practice

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Free Student CD Included

Introduction/Financial Accounting - Introduction/Financial Statements/Depreciation Accounting/Financial Statement Analysis/Ratio Analysis/FundFlow Statement Analysis/Cash Flow Statement Analysis/Capital Budgeting/Unit Costing/Inventory Valuation/Inventory Control & Management/ProcessCosting/Job Order Costing/Marginal Costing/Standard Costing/BudgetaryControl/Activity Based Costing/Human Resource Accounting/ResponsibilityAccounting

2007 / 454 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-564-1 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK

This book presents the concepts, techniques andapplication of management accounting in a lucidand learner friendly manner. Special efforts have been

ContemporaryIssues in FinanceJAGADEESHASHIVAKUMAR DEENE

With the globalization of economy,the financial system has become amajor player in the management

2009 / 396 Pages / PB / Rs. 500ISBN: 978-81-7446-725-6 / 71/4x91/2

Capital Market andSEBI RegulationsTAPASH RANJAN SAHA

This book provides a detailed analysis of the IndianCapital Market. It starts with elaborating the basicconcepts of Capital Market and thoroughly discussesthe SEBI norms/guidelines covered in around 20

2009 / 174 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 978-81-7446-769-0 / 71/4x91/2

chapters of the book. The unique feature of this book is the incorporation ofCase Study section, derived from the actual events of Indian Capital Market inthe recent past. The theory part coupled with case study and exercise shallprovide the student an exposure to the puzzling world of Finance Market. Thebook is aimed for undergraduate as well as postgraduate students in commerceand management courses of various Indian Universities.

This book provides a comprehensive coverage of the subject in a lucid stylemaking it easy for the students to grasp the subject as well as for the workingexecutives, to understand the day-to-day matters for operating in the IndianCapital Market.

Instructor Manual AvailableFinancial Accountingthird edition

DR. V K GOYAL, SRCC, Delhi

This is the third edition of the book‘Financial Accounting’, completelyrevised and updated as per the latestsyllabus of B.Com (Course) of

Indian Universities, particularly of Delhi University. It isdesigned to explain the meaning, principles and concepts ofFinancial Accounting in a very interesting and lucid style.Sufficient number of solved illustrations are given in a gradedmanner which would prove to be a boon for the readers tounderstand and grasp the subject clearly.

TEXTBOOK2009 / 622 Pages / PB / Rs. 245ISBN: 978-81-7446-746-1 / 71/4x91/2

Meaning and Objectives of Accounting and AccountingInformation / Theory Base of Accounting and AccountingStandards / Accounting Process / Source Documents andVouchers for Recording of Transactions / Subsidiary Booksof Business / Trial Balance and Errors and their Rectification/ Depreciation—Reserves and Provisions / Final Accountsof Trading Concerns / Accounts of Non-tradingOrganizations / Accounts from Incomplete Records: SingleEntry System / Consignment Account / Joint VentureAccounts / Hire Purchase System / Branch Accounts /Dissolution of a Partnership Firm

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

made to explain the context of the problems through step by step approach.Salient features:

Coverage of major and modern aspects in management accounting.

Pictorial illustrations for better understanding.

Corporate live examples.

Seven case studies for better application of concepts.

Meaningful explanations of the formula for easy retrieval to the tune of theoreticalaspects.

CD consisting additional solved problems.

Instructor manual for faculty members.

The book is comprehensive in presentation and will facilitate PG students ofmanagement discipline to understand the subject as well as take rational decisions.The book will also help non-finance executives gain more insight about thesubject.

of business. The development in the capital market and thenew avenues available to gear the traditional financialconstraints have placed the present day finance manager in aposition to discover new skills and relentlessly update theknowledge. This book has been compiled in order to fill thegap between traditional and modern finance.

This book is a collaborative effort to present an insightful lookinto the theoretical and empirical aspects of contemporaryissues in finance. Under the 33 chapters, from Stock MarketDevelopment to Cross-border investment, from VentureCapital to Debt Market and from impact of Futures on SpotMarket Volatility to Impact of Global Crisis, the book coversvarious aspects of contemporary and emerging trends in finance.

This book is a sincere attempt from the side of contributors tofamiliarize the emerging issues in finance. In general, this bookwill help the academicians, researchers, practitioners andinvestors in their particular areas.

Page 67: Excel Catalog 2010

67

Mergers,Acquisitions andBusinessValuationRAVINDHAR VADAPALLI

Activities in Mergers and Acquisitions: WorldwideTrend / How to Go About-Due Diligence Process/ Synergy Value / Leveraged Buyouts / Divestitures/ Acquiring or Merging Across Borders / EmployeeStock Ownership Plans (ESOPs) / Taking an EthicalApproach to Mergers and Acquisitions / CulturalDue Diligence / Evaluation of Merger andAcquisition Reference / The Case Against Mergersand Acquisitions / Financing M and A / BusinessValuation Methods / Business Valuations – Analysisof Methods / Classic Examples of Acquisitions inIndian Scenario –2006

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 266 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 978-81-7446-570-2 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Mutual Funds inIndiaEmerging Issues

NALINI PRAVA TRIPATHY,Professor, IIM, Shillong

KEY FEATURES:

The Financial Market in India/Securities ExchangeBoard of India (SEBI)/Mutual Funds in India/Regulatory Framework and Organisation of MutualFunds in India/Investment Management/MutualFunds Marketing/Mutual Fund Derivatives/FutureScenario of the Mutual Fund Industry/A Messagefor Investors Relating to Investing in MutualFunds/Cases

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 264 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 81-7446-535-9 / 71/4x91/2

Pedagogically rich to help students retain and applychapter conceptsComprehensive coverage of bodies and practicesDiscusses in detail about the current status ofdevelopment and future prospects of mutual fundindustry in IndiaProvides exercises to test the students grasp of the subjectCases in the Indian contextHighlights latest trends with figures and tables

TEXTBOOK

Working Capital ManagementKRISH RANGARAJAN, Director, IIFT, Kolkata

ANIL MISRA

Introduction to Working Capital Management/Short-Term Financing/Managementof Cash/Receivables Management/Inventory Management/Working CapitalManagement and Dividend Policy/Loans and Lines of Credit

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2005 / 256 Pages / PB / Rs. 220ISBN: 81-7446-453-0 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Accounting and Finance forManagers

The World of Finance/Accounting Simplified/Financial Markets and FinancialInstruments/Financial Reporting/Balance Sheet Demystified/Profit & Loss A/cDemystified/Cash Flow Statement Demystified/Financial Statement Analysis/Accounting for Decision Making/Standard Costing & Variance Analysis/ActivityBased Costing/Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis/Investment Appraisal – Basic Concepts/Investment Appraisal: Methods and Considerations/The Financing Mix/PayoutDecisions/Budgets as a Basis for Planning and Control/Introduction to WorkingCapital/Managing Liquid Assets

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

NITIN BALWANI

2001 / 608 Pages / PB / Rs. 310ISBN: 81-7446-265-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available

Instructor Manual Available

This is a textbook on concepts involved in and techniques used for effective WorkingCapital Management of an enterprise. It is meant for postgraduate students of financialmanagement pursuing M.Com, M.B.A., Post Graduate Diploma studies in universitiesand institutes of management; students of professional courses like C.A., CompanySecretaries, Cost & Works Accountants. On a selective basis, practicing managers canalso use this book with advantage in reformulating and improving upon the existingpractices, techniques and generalizations relative to Working Capital Management oftheir enterprises.

It is intended to assist students in developing the analytical skills necessary for dealingwith the problems of Working Capital in the Indian context. It contains descriptionsand explanations of generalizations related to Working Capital Management withdesirable application.

The coverage of the book extends to important decision-making areas of WorkingCapital Management, viz., Current Assets Management, Working Capital Financing,Inventory and Receivables Management, Cash Management and Financial policiesaffecting Working Capital Finance.

finance

Page 68: Excel Catalog 2010

68

Corporate AccountingDR. K K VERMA

Issue of Shares / Company Accounts – Redeemable Preference Shares/Company Accounts – Issue and Redemption of Debentures/Acquisitionof Business or Purchase of Business/Profit or Loss Prior to Incorporationand Post-Incorporation/Underwriting of Shares & Debentures & Under-writing Commission/Valuation of Goodwill/Valuation of Shares/Liquidation of Companies/Accounts of Holding Companies/FinalAccounts of Companies (Managerial Remuneration)/Final Accounts ofCompanies (With Disposal of Profit)/Accounting for Amalgamation,Absorption and Reconstruction of Companies as per AS-14/InternalReconstruction and Alteration of Share Capital

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 990 Pages / PB / Rs. 375ISBN: 978-81-7446-578-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available

The book is designed as per the latestamendments of the Company (Amendment)Act 2002. It covers the latest syllabus of

Introduction to BankingVIJAYARAGAVAN IYENGAR, Director,AICAR, Mumbai

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Indian Banking System/Reserve Bank of India/Reforms inFinancial and Banking Sector/Different types of Accounts/BankerCustomer Relationship/Customer Service in Banks/KYC Normsand Anti-money Laundering/Banking Laws/Other ImportantLaws as Applied to Banking/Technology in Banks/Payment andSettlement System – New Age Clearing/New Age Payment –National Gateways/New Age Payment – International Gateways/Financial Innovations/Retail Banking/Book Keeping andAccountancy for Bankers/Treasury Management /Loans andAdvances/Credit Management/Documentation/Operational RiskManagement/Foreign Exchange/Priority Sector Lending/NonPerforming Assets/Latest in Banking

2007 / 640 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 978-81-7446-569-6 / 81/4x11

Indian Stock MarketBISHNUPRIYA MISHRA, Professor, Departmentof Business Administration, Regional College ofManagement, Bhubaneswar

SATHYA SWAROOP DEBASISH, Lecturer,Department of Business Management, FakirMohan University, Balasore, Orissa

TEXTBOOK

2008 / 210 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-605-1 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

This book meets the requirements ofthe subject in all its angles and intendsto serve the requirements ofmanagement students who would like

Financial DerivativesBISHNUPRIYA MISHRA, Principal,Academy of Management Studies,Krupajal Group of Institutions,Bhubaneswar

SATYA SWAROOP

In recent years, derivatives have becomeincreasingly important in the field offinance. The book discusses at large the

Introduction to Derivatives/Forward Contracts/Futures Contracts– Basic Principles/Pricing of Futures Contracts/HedgingStrategies Using Futures/Options Contracts – Basic Principles/Valuation of Options/Hedging Strategies using Options/FinancialSwaps-Principles and Valuation

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

meaning, basic understanding, pricing and trading strategies of thefinancial derivatives. Common derivatives include options, forwardcontracts, futures contracts, and swaps. This book provides a broad-based introduction to the technical aspects of the main classes ofderivatives, the markets in which they are traded and the underlyingconcepts. This book is a comprehensive, industry-independentexploration of financial derivatives which offers an insightful lookinside financial derivatives that is sweeping corporate world, banks,and investment finance. This book is intended as a text for MBAstudents specializing in the area of Finance, students of CA/ICWA,students of M.Com, academicians, researchers, practitioners andinvestors in general.

to make a career in banking and for those in pursuit of promotionalavenues within the bank.

2007 / 248 Pages / PB / Rs. 195ISBN: 978-81-7446-572-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

B.Com. and M.Com. of the UGC. It is also useful for the students pursuingManagement, Commerce and PG courses of all the major universities.

finance

Microfinance

V S SOMANATH

redefining the future

PART I Microfinance: Redefining the Future / Overview ofMicrofinance / Magnitude of Poverty in India / Subsidized Creditto Microcredit / PART II Microfinance: Connect, Communicateand Link Credit / Microfinance Institutions / Self-help Groupand Bank Linkage / Challenges Facing SHG Federation / NGO-SHG-Bank Linkage / State Sponsored Microfinance / PART IIIMICROFINANCE: EPICYCLE / Attaining Outreach andViability / Role of Technology to Reach the Unbanked

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 525ISBN: 978-81-7446-705-8 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Page 69: Excel Catalog 2010

69

informationtechnology

Engineering MIS for StrategicBusiness ProcessesARPITA GOPAL

This book talks of different business situations and the process of engineeringManagement Information System (MIS) framework for these business situations. Thistext is not aimed to cover the theoretical concepts related to MIS but consciouslymakes an effort towards application of these concepts to various business domains.

There are thousands of ways of developing MIS solutions for a business situation. Butthe perfect fit is rare. This text explains simple techniques of developing perfect fit MISsolutions for specific business situations. The text is specifically written to successfullybridge the gap between MIS concepts and their applications. The text is most suitablefor students pursuing various management and computer courses at graduation andpostgraduation levels.

SECTION 1: Thinking in Terms of Management Information Systems / Overview ofConcepts / Education Institute Management System / Petrol Pump ManagementSystem / Payroll Management System / Resource Allocation Management System /Sports Management System / Banking Management System / Hospital ManagementSystem / Library Management System / SECTION 2: Strategic Business ProcessesRelated MIS Case Studies / Human Resource Department / Marketing Department /Inventory Department / Assembly and Dispatch Department / Production Department/ Purchase Department Financial Accounting System

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 434 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-688-4 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK

B NANDHAKUMARBHUVANESHWARILALITHA

Dictionary ofComputer &Internet

This dictionary provides the user with a comprehensiverange of the vocabulary used in the field of computing.It covers all the aspects of computing, includinghardware, software, peripherals, networks andprogramming, as well as many applications in whichcomputers are used, such as the Internet or desktoppublishing. It also describes the latest developments innetworks, Internet, communications, programming,multimedia, and processor design and storagetechnology.

General comments about particular items of interest,complex ideas or hardware or software applications aregiven in separate boxes. Quotations from magazinesand journals are given to show how the words are usedin real text. This book's coverage isn't restricted toMicrosoft Windows systems; in fact, the reader willfind full coverage of Macintosh and OS/2 terms aswell. Anyone using a personal computer of any brandor model will find this book to be a valuable referenceand learning tool.

This book can be used as a handy reference materialregarding the computer system. One can also use it tofigure out what's available on the Internet and on-lineservices.

Management InformationSystemsA Computer oriented approach for businessoperations

DHARMINDER KUMAR, Guru Jambheswar University, Hisar

SANGEETA GUPTA

Divided into thirteen chapters, the book exhaustively covers every possible aspectof the subject, including:

Evolution, Myths, Concepts, Limitations, Benefits, Significance and RoleInternal and Environmental drivers, Dimensions & Scope, and SourcesDefinitions, Characteristics, Design, Challenges, and the FutureVarious functional areas of the Organization, and related MIS Sub- systemsImplementation, Evaluation and MaintenanceControlling MIS, Security Hazards, Security TechniquesDatabase Types/Management Systems/ Relational Database DesignComputer Networks, Topology, LAN, MAN, WAN, Architecture11 case studies provide accelerated learning and problemsolving ability…& much, much more.

2005 / 490 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 81-7446-427-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

BPO/KPOManagementan industry perspective

EDITED BYR GOPALPRADIP MANJREKAR

2008 / 356 Pages / PB / Rs. 595ISBN: 978-81-7446-672-3 / 71/4x91/2

2010 / 300 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-855-0 / 51/2x81/2

Page 70: Excel Catalog 2010

70

informationtechnology

Data Analysis usingMicrosoft ExcelASH NARAYAN SAH

The focal point of this book is the use ofMicrosoft Excel for data analysis from theresearchers’ perspective. It is aimed atresearchers in economics and management

who just want to apply econometric methods sensibly to the real worlddata for analysis and empirical works.

This book has been divided into 9 chapters. The first chapter‘Elementary Data Handling’ deals with summarizing data graphicallyand by descriptive statistics. The second chapter is ‘Correlation Analysis’which studies the nature of relationship between two variables. Thethird chapter aims to familiarize the reader with various concepts ofsimple linear regression model where one phenomenon has beenexplained in terms of another phenomenon. The fourth chapter stretchesthe basic concepts of the third chapter and explains one variable interms of one or more variables. The fifth chapter discusses the DummyRegression Model—a technique used to incorporate qualitativeinformation into regression model. This is also used for studyingseasonality in data. The sixth chapter deals with time series analysis.The seventh chapter describes Box-Jenkins methodology. It alsodiscusses distributed lag model and Granger causality. The eighthchapter explains the concept of co-integration and error correctionmechanism. The last chapter discusses the extensions and limitationsof regression analysis.

This book would be extremely beneficial for the students pursuingpostgraduate economics and MBA programmes.

2009 / 196 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 978-81-7446-716-4 / 71/4x91/2

Business Essentials forSoftware ProfessionalsG P SUDHAKAR

Effective Call CenterTrainingsoft skills

CONTENTS INCLUDE:The history of the industry/Opportunities and challenges in India/How a call center functions/How to handle a telemarketing call/Howto satisfy different types of customers/The nuances of AmericanEnglish/How to overcome communication barriers/How to build asuccessful team/Customer relationship management/Web-basedcustomer support/Windows Explorer/Outlook Express/MS-Word/MS-Excel and/MS-PowerPoint

A lucid book on the ins and outs of the much-in-vogue call centers. Itcaters to the need of a global audience with panache. The focus is onhoning personal relation skills and educating the reader on what ittakes to thrive in the highly competitive, vibrant and rapidly evolvingworld of call centers.

2001 / 220 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 81-7446-255-4 / 71/4x91/2

This book, perhaps among the first few ofits kind, explores in a unique waymanagement concepts like customer

centricity and core competency. Examples, illustrations and tables guidethe reader on how to provide superior customer satisfaction to existingcustomers, acquire new customer and build customers loyalty.

TEXTBOOK

2008 / 192 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-637-2 / 71/4x91/2

IT Enabled Practices andEmerging ManagementParadigms

EDITORSI C GUPTADEEPAK JAROLIYA

2008 / 376 Pages / PB / Rs. 595ISBN: 978-81-7446-676-1 / 71/4x91/2

Management Information SystemsASHOK ARORA,AKSHAYA BHATIA

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK1999 / 532 Pages / PB / Rs. 320ISBN: 81-7446-188-4 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

Overview of Management, Organization & Systems/ManagementInformation Systems/Office Automation/Fundamentals ofComputers/Prominent Information Systems/CommunicationConcepts & Networking/Telecommunication/Project Planning,Analysis & Design of MIS/Database Management/Typical InformationSystems/Case Studies

IT & Business IntelligenceEDITED BYR K JENA

2009 / 294 Pages / PB / Rs. 495ISBN: 978-81-7446-715-7 / 71/4x91/2

Page 71: Excel Catalog 2010

71

Fundamentals of InformationTechnology

third edition

DEEPAK BHARIHOKE, Perot Systems Ltd.

Introduction to Computer Basics/Data Representation/Input and OutputDevices/Computer Memory/Processor/Binary Arithmetic/The Basic ComputerArchitecture/Software Concepts/Operating Systems/DOS: Disk OperatingSystem/Features of the Unix Operating System/Windows 95/98/MicrosoftOffice/Data Base Management Systems/SQL/Computers and Communication/Computer Networks/Internet/Mobile Computing/Multimedia/DataWarehousing

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2006 / 654 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 81-7446-481-6 / 71/4x91/2

Management InformationSystemsG V SATYA SEKHAR, College of Management Studies,Gandhi Instiute of Technology and Management,Visakhapatnam

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 81-7446-521-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available

The third edition of “Fundamentals of Information Technology” is a 'must have'book not only for BCA and MBA students, but also for all those who want tostrengthen their knowledge of computers. The additional chapter on MS Officeis a comprehensive study on MS Word, MS Excel and other components of thepackage. This book is packed with expert advice from eminent IT professionals,in-depth analysis and practical examples. It presents a detailed functioning ofhardware components besides covering the software concepts. A broad overviewof Computer architecture, Data representation in the computer, Operatingsystems, Database management systems, Programming languages, etc., has alsobeen included. An additional chapter on Mobile Computing and other state-of-the-art innovations in the IT world have been incorporated. Not only that, thelatest Internet technologies have also been covered in detail. Each chapter isfollowed by a number of review questions.

SANJEEV SHARMA,Asian Development Bank

NANDAN TRIPATHI,Barkatullah University, Bhopal

Visual Basic 6

This book covers the depth as well as breadth of the VisualBasic. It begins with a very elementary level of programmingand gradually illustrates the basics of Visual Basic andGraphical User Interfaces.

Visual Basic: Background / Visual Basic Forms: DataEntry Screens / VB Toolbox In-depth / Variables,Datatypes and User Defined Types / Dialog Boxes,Conditional Statements and Loops / Modules, Arrays,Collections, Enums / Procedures, Functions, Formats,API, Graphics / Events: A Closer Look / Menus, ControlArrays, Multiple Forms / Advanced Active-x Controls /Windows Common Controls: Animation, Updown,Monthview / Windows Common Controls: Slider,Imagelist, Image Combo, Tool Bar, Status Bar / Treeviewand Listview / Database Concepts and SQL / DatabaseCreation, ODBC and DAO Programming / DatabaseProgramming: ADO and DED / DatabaseProgramming: Data Reports / Object OrientedProgramming Systems (OOPS) / OLE / File SystemObjects / COM/DCOM / DHTML Programming /Error Handling, Debugging, Compiling / Package andDeployment Wizard / Beyond VB: ASP, COM+, .NET/ Glossary / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Computer/Memory Types/Central Processor and Central Processing Unit(CPU)/Operating Systems/Computer Generations/Information Systems/Decision Support System/Enterprise Resource Planning/ Strategies andOptimization Models/Technical Foundation of Information Systems/Functional Information System/System Analysis/System Development LifeCycle/Hospital Information System/Information Technology in Services Sector/Database Management Systems/Internet - A Conceptual Approach/ElectronicData Security/Access Database System/Media of Internet Service Provider: ASurvey/ MBA Examination Model Cases

2009 / 558 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-704-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

EDITED BYASHWINI SHARMAALOK BANSALYOGESHWARI PHATAKRAJ KISHORE SHARMA

IT Innovations forOrganizationalExcellence

2009 / 448 Pages / PB / Rs. 595ISBN: 978-81-7446-759-1 / 71/4x91/2

informationtechnology

Instructor Manual Available

Page 72: Excel Catalog 2010

72

Foundations of ITDHIRAJ SHARMA, Assistant Professor and Head,Department of Management, Regional Institute ofManagement & Technology, Gobindgarh City, Punjab.

The present book 'Foundations of I.T.' is designed forcomputer and management students with no particularbackground in Computers or Information Technology.

An Introduction to Information Technology/Fundamentals of a Computer/Number System and Boolean Algebra/Understanding Operating System/Programming Languages/Programming Concepts /Database Management System/Management Information System/DOS, Unix and Windows/Microsoft WindowsXP/MS Office: An Overview/Learning MS Word/Learning MS-Excel/LearningMS PowerPoint/Learning MS Access/Networking and Networking Technology/The Internet/E-Commerce/ E-Commerce Technologies and Emerging Issues/Cyber Crimes, Viruses and Other Threats/The Information Technology Act,2000/IT Terms

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2008 / 492 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-589-4 / 81/4x11

Instructor Manual Available

e-World

ARPITA GOPALCHANDRANI SINGH

Emerging Trends in InformationTechnology

This book on e-World brings forth the recent advents inthe field of technology that have transformed the waywe live and work. The major areas that have been

e-Commerce / Customer Relationship Management / e-Banking / ContentManagement and Dissemination / e-Logistics / e-Governance and e-Agriculture /Knowledge Management / Geographic Information System/Geographic PositioningSystem / Biometric Technologies / Embedded Systems

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 338 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 978-81-7446-732-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

The book not only covers the basic and fundamentals of IT but deals also withadvance concepts and structures comprehensively. The present book is useful bothfor IT and Business Management students in understanding the fundamentals,applications and major roles IT play in various walks of life daily. Present text alsofocuses on the technological changes and trends that are revolutionizing the variousknowledge areas under business management. The role and applications ofinformation technology in business has been extensively discussed in the presentbook. Attempt has been made to follow 'non-technical' and 'simple-to-understand'approach throughout the text. This book is useful for the students of IT, businessmanagement, commerce, computer science, engineering and in general as well. Thepresent text also serves as a course and text book particularly for the papers ofInformation Technology and Computer Fundamentals of MBA, BBA, MCA, BCA,B. Sc.(IT), PGDCA, M.Com etc. being run by various colleges and universities. Innutshell, present book is useful for everyone who is curious about InformationTechnology and its role and applications.

discussed in this text are e-Commerce, e-Banking, e-Logistics, e-Governance, e-Agriculture, e-Learning, e-Content Management, Biometrics, GIS/GPS, KnowledgeManagement, Embedded Systems, etc.

informationtechnology

Foundation ofOperating Systems(A Structural Approachwith UNIX)

D P SHARMA

Overview of Operating System / Process ManagementFunctions / Memory Management Functions / DeviceManagement Functions / Concurrent Programming /UNIX Operating System

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 978-81-7446-626-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

This book on Operating System is written considering thestudents pursuing the degree and postgraduate degree coursein Computer Science, Engineering and SystemManagement, even for the students of BusinessManagement courses having electives as SystemManagement or part of the curriculum that necessitatesthe basic knowledge of operating system.

The discussion presented in the book is lucid andaccompanied by a number of easily understandablediagrammatic representations to make the topics clear forthe freshers of the field. The algorithms are also used forthe concerned candidates whose course requirement is alittle in-depth. Each diagram is sufficiently detailed tosupport fast and easy understanding by the readers. Eachchapter is accompanied with self-test exercises to testprogress of the readers.

The readers will definitely find it a self-explanatory textwith sufficient clarity that covers almost all the necessaryparts of the operating system design and operation.

The book has extensively covered the following topics: E-Commerce and its benefits/Internet and Intranets/Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)/Electronic PaymentSystems/Legal and Security Issues in E-Commerce/Value-Aided Networks/Various other issues related to E-Commerce Implementation.

The book has also covered various standards in E-Commerce, e.g., Data Communication and DataTranslation. There are extensive illustrations on variousissues and E-Commerce models, which provide a directionin the process of universal E-Commerce. This book is acomplete E-Commerce guide to a business Manager.

e-commerce

PARAG DIWAN, SUNIL SHARMA

A Manager’s Guide to e-Business

TEXTBOOK2000 / 380 Pages / PB / Rs. 220ISBN: 81-7446-203-1 / 51/2x81/2

Page 73: Excel Catalog 2010

73

Civil Aviationa global perspective

RAJU GMIHIR BABU G

Introduction / Aviation History / Growth of Civil Aviation/ Aviation Technology / Manufacturers / Leading Players /Airline Alliances / Aviation Infrastructure / Leading Airportsof the World / Human Resource in Aviation / Conclusion

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 176 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-727-0/ 71/4x91/2

Principles ofAirport Economics

P S SENGUTTUVAN

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Economics in Aviation Studies / Aviation Industry and itsSignificance / Consumer Behaviour / Airport OperationalEconomics / Economics of Airport Optimization / Economicsof Congestions and Delays / Airport Slot Mechanism /Airport Market and Competition / Airport Planning System/ Airport Financial Economics / Airport Pricing Strategy /ICAO – Guidelines in Airport & Air Navigational ServicesPricing / Airport Performance System / Regulation andCompetition: International Practices – Civil AviationIndustry / Airport Competition and Regulation: Case Studies/ Airport Privatization / Airport Services in Global Trade

2007 / 462 Pages / PB / Rs. 895ISBN: 81-7446-523-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

operationsmanagement

REJI ISMAIL, Professor, Farook Institute ofManagement Studies,Calicut

Logistics Management

The present book has been designed to be a newgeneration logistics textbook as it is shorter andprecise in comparison with the other related booksthat are lengthy and vague. This book has been

Objectives and Elements of Logistics / Marketing and Logistics / IntegratedLogistics / Supply Chain Relations / Customer Based Marketing /Transportation / Multi-modal Transport / Containerisation / Incoterms /Inland Container Depot / International Air Transport / Shipping Industry/ Freight / Freight Structure and Practice / Warehousing / Material Handling/ Packaging and Packing / Packing for Transportation and Marking / InventoryManagement / Global Logistics / Information and Communication /Documentation / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 350 Pages / PB / Rs. 250ISBN: 978-81-7446-627-3/ 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available

RAJENDRA MISHRA, Visiting Faculty,Indian Institute of Management, Lucknow

Materials Management

TEXTBOOK2007 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 81-7446-514-6 / 71/4x91/2

PART - I / Materials Management - An Overview / Inventory Systems forIndependent Demand Items / Inventory Systems for Dependent DemandItems / Enterprise Resource Planning / PART - II / Purchase Cycle,Standardization and Outsourcing / Purchase Specification / Supplier Selection/ Ordering / Purchase Strategies / Understanding Price / Negotiation /Supplier Management - Buyer-Supplier Relation, Evaluation andDevelopment / PART - III / Logistics / Appendices / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

written to provide a textbook that exclusively deals with the topics of logisticsmanagement.

The book covers the basics of warehousing, transportation, inventory,packaging, material handling, supply chain management, operations,information technology, documentation, etc. Most books do not cover thesetopics in detail. This book makes the concepts, elements and activities, relatedto logistics, very simple and clear. The shipping industry has also been coveredin depth in it.

The book not only covers the basics but also provides essential material forthose students who are doing higher-level logistics courses. Upper level studentsand industry practitioners can also use this book as reference. It contains awealth of definitions and explains a lot of terms, which are involved in the day-to-day operations of logistics management.

Operation ResearchDecision Model Approach

S JAISANKAR

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Linear Programming: Formulation and Graphical Method /Linear Programming: Analytical Methods / TransportationModel / Assignment Model / Network Analysis PERT-CPM / Sequencing / Replacement Models / Queuing Theory/ Game Theory / Simulation

Page 74: Excel Catalog 2010

74

operationsmanagement

Exploring theSupply Chaintheory and practice

UPENDRA KACHRU

Supply Chain Management (SCM)is a revolutionary way of looking atthe processes involved in buying.

Supply Chain and the Materials Function / Supply ChainManagement Basics / Supply Chain Relationships / SupplyChain Design / Purchasing Basics / Purchasing and SupplierSourcing / Demand Planning and Forecasting / AggregatePlanning and Inventory Management / Inventory Models /Work-in-Progress and Finished Goods Inventory / SupplyChain Quality / Information Visibility in Supply Chains /Transportation in Supply Chains / Warehouse Managementand Operations / Location and Networking / Supply ChainCoordination and Performance

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2009 / 728 Pages / PB / Rs. 375ISBN: 978-81-7446-734-8 / 71/4x11 TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available

This book elaborates the basic concepts of Supply ChainManagement and provides a comprehensive coverage of themethodology and key strategic drivers in the different processesinvolved in operating and designing a Supply Chain.

The book explains the evolution of Supply Chain Management,its concept and philosophy. It also looks at the different elementsthat go into the design of the Supply Chain and the purchasingfunctions from the supply chain perspective. The book notonly deals with the planning function of SCM, it also coversthe fundamental concepts of forecasting and demandmanagement, planning and control, including the aggregateplan, the different types of inventory models and theirclassification, work-in-progress and finished goods inventoryand quality as a new and major component of Supply ChainManagement.

Information plays a critical part in properly designed supplychains. Therefore, a whole chapter is dedicated to discuss thefunctionality of information in supply chains. It describes theprinciples behind generating ‘Supply Chain Information’ aswell as the different architectures of supply chain informationapart from covering the fundamentals of e-Business. Differentaspects and modes of transportation in India, containerization,impact of globalization on logistics, warehouse designs,materials handling systems and warehousing strategies are theother important topics that have been discussed in the book.

The book not only begins with the bull-whip effect, it alsoends with it. The last chapter discusses supply chain coordinationproblems and solutions to these problems. This book is not anacademic treatise, though it provides the most comprehensivecoverage of the different facets of supply chain management.An important feature of this book is that its text is supportedby some outstanding case studies developed by the faculty ofthe Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad.

Glossary of Purchasing andMaterials ManagementCOMPILED BYM K BHARDWAJ, Indian Institute of Materials Management, New Delhi

2001 / 244 Pages / PB / Rs. 150ISBN: 81-7446-258-9 / 51/2x81/2

Fundamentals of AirTransport ManagementP S SENGUTTUVAN, Airport Authority of India

Transportation/Aviation Growth and Development/Aircraft Manufacturers- Airbus Industrie & The Boeing Company/Economy and Aviation/AviationManagement Structure/International Aviation Principal Management/Aviation Supporting Organization/State Regulatory Aviation Management -US, UK and India/Liberalization, Privatization and Globalization in CivilAviation Industry/Naresh Chandra Committee Report - Road Map for theCivil Aviation Sector (New National Civil Aviation Policy 2003)

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2005 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 450ISBN: 81-7446-459-X / 71/4x91/2

Total Quality Management

SHAILENDRA NIGAM

An Integrated Approach

This book has been written with the premise thatno organisation can survive in an increasinglycompetitive business environment unless its primary

TEXTBOOK2005 / 418 Pages / PB / Rs. 330ISBN: 81-7446-419-0 / 71/4x91/2

PART I Introduction / Understanding Quality / Quality Philosophies /Introducing Total Quality Management – Concepts and Principles / ProblemSolving and Continuous Improvement / PART II Managerial Perspective toTQM / Organisational Management System – Reengineering / HumanResource Management System / PART III Methods, Tools andTechniques / Statistical Tools / TQ through Quality Circles / Total Qualitythrough Japanese 5-S / TQ through QMS / Total Quality through Cost ofQuality / Total Quality through Benchmarking / International Awards /Case Studies / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

focus is on offering quality products and services. Aimed at making the readeraware of the present scenario of quality management process in India, it presentsan opportunity to Learn the basic principles and tools of total qualitymanagement through practical experiences of Indian companies.

Page 75: Excel Catalog 2010

75

UPENDRA KACHRU, Professor, IILMInstitute for Higher Education, Gurgaon

Production and OperationsManagementText and Cases

This book takes a pedagogical approach that is participative andinteractive, involving the case study method of learning. Chapters startwith an Indian case study of a well known company. This is used as acapstone case for the chapter. The student will find this an easy learningexperience as data and additional information for these enterprises isreadily available. The selection of such cases makes classroom learningtruly suited to the Indian business environment.

Unlike many Production and Operations Management texts, this bookcovers E-commerce, Industrial Safety, Maintenance, EnvironmentalManagement (Green Productivity) and new technological trends inthe discipline. These sections should add to the significance of exploringhow firms can gain competitive advantage and promote sustainabledevelopment at the same time.

The last section of the book comprises of a selection of cases from TheIndian Institute of Management at Ahmedabad. The cases encompassthe entire spectrum of Indian Industry— the private and the publicsectors, professional and family managed business organizations, serviceand manufacturing industries, single industry and conglomerates. Thecases relate to Operations Strategy, Supply Chain Management,Capacity Planning, New Products, Manufacturing Technologies, etc.The Case Studies are of world class. Prof. Tirupati, one of the authorsof the case studies, according to Management Science, has penned oneof the top 100 management articles in the 50 years.

The book is comprehensive, lucid and easy to read and understand. Itshould be of great value both to students and faculty.

TEXTBOOK2006 / 828 Pages / PB / Rs. 385ISBN: 81-7446-506-5 / 81/4x11

Instructor Manual Available

Inventory Management

P NARAYANJAYA SUBRAMANIAN

Need For Inventory Management/Costs Associated With Inventories/Classification of Inventories/Inventory Control Techniques - 1/Inventory Control Techniques – 2/Forecasting/Materials RequirementPlanning/Manufacturing Resource Planning – II/JIT/Total QualityManagement (TQM)/Surplus , Obsolete & Non-moving Inventory/Work In Process (WIP) Inventory/Finished Goods Inventories/Spares Parts Inventory Management/Logistics And Supply ChainManagement/Vendor Managed Inventory (VMI)/Stores Management/Introduction To E-commerce/Some Motivation Thoughts

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

The book Inventory Management – Principles and Practices explainsall the fundamental principles of Inventory Management. It starts witha definition of Inventory, why it is needed as well as not needed, whatis it’s impact on a business, how do we classify them for ease of controland what are the various techniques of inventory control.

Inventory is an outcome of procurement. So obviously, while studyinginventories, the logic behind it’s procurement should be studied. Hencechapters on Manufacturing Resources Planning have been added. Just-in-trime principles and TQM are some more methods of achieving aworld-class manufacturing, so they have also been included here.

In the present day scenario, all activities are being computerized. Solessons on e-commerce as well as all the latest technologies that areaffecting Inventory Management have been included. Chapters havebeen included on methods to handle specific classes of inventories suchas spare parts inventory, finished goods inventory, work-in-processinventory, surplus, obsolete and non-moving inventory, etc. Logisticsand supply chain management defines the path a material takes in it’slife through a company. So it was essential to include a chapter on italso.

Keeping in mind the syllabus prescribed in the various universities onthis subject, the chapters have been designed accordingly. A chapterhas also been included on some motivational thoughts outlining someprinciples which would help us to become successful in life. The principlesoutlined here are universal, applicable to any situation, organization orcountry.

There has been no separate book on ‘Inventory Management’ and ithas been felt by the student community that there should be a book onthis subject. We shall be very grateful to the reader of this book to givetheir valuable suggestions to add further value to the book.

2008 / 228 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 978-81-7446-591-7 / 71/4x91/2

TEXTBOOK

OM Basics / Product and Product Design / Supplement to Chapter2: Economic Evaluation / Process Selection and Design / CapacityDesign and Planning / Supplement to Chapter 4: LinearProgramming / Facility Planning and Layout / Supplement to Chapter5: Transportation Problem / Forecasting Techniques / Managing forQuality / Supplement to Chapter 7: Six Sigma and Statistical QualityControl / Aggregate Planning / Supplement to Chapter 8: WaitingLine Models / The Supply Chain / Supplement to Chapter 9:Inventory and Inventory Models / MRP and Operations Scheduling/ Supplement to Chapter 10: Transportation Problem / Productivity,Work Analysis and Job Design / Lean Manufacturing / ProjectManagement / Maintenance and Safety / Strategy and OperationsStrategy / Globalization and Operations / Case / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Instructor Manual Available

Principles and Practices

operationsmanagement

Page 76: Excel Catalog 2010

76

law

Company Lawsecond edition

S S GULSHAN, Former Principal,College of Business Studies,Delhi University

Nature, Extent and Administration of the Companies Act, 1956/ The Company: Its Meaning and Nature / Classification ofCompanies / Formation of a Company / Contracts /Memorandum of Association / Articles of Association / Share andShare Capital / Prospectus / Public Deposits / Allotment of Shares/ Membership / Calls on Shares / Transfer and Transmission ofShares / Investments, Loans, Borrowings and Debentures /Accounts and Audit / Divisible Profits and Dividends / GeneralMeetings and Proceedings / Inspection and Investigation /Management of a Company-1 / Management of a Company-2 /Company Secretary / Sole Selling and Buying Agents / Books,Returns and Reports / Prevention of Oppression andMismanagement / Compromises, Arrangements, Reconstructionand Amalgamation / Winding up of Companies / MiscellaneousProvisions / Service of Documents and their Authentication / TheDepositories Act, 1996

2008 / 596 Pages / PB / Rs. 280ISBN: 978-81-7446-636-5 / 71/4x91/2

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Some of the special features of this book are:(i) In order to enable the readers know

their progress in understanding the

TEXTBOOK

subject, a number of exercises are included under the heading ‘CheckYour Progress’.(ii) The following matter has been provided through appendices:

(a) Company Law in a computerized environment (E- governanceand E-filing)

(b) Corporate governanceThe book in its present format will prove more useful to the students andothers.

Case Laws on IndustrialRelationsissues and implicationsL MISHRA

Discipline in Industry/Apprentices Act, 1961/Industrial DisputesAct, 1947/Trade Unions Act, 1926/Social Security—Workmens'Compensation Act, 1923/Social Security—Employees StateInsurance Act, 1948/Social Security—Employees Provident Fundand Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952/Social Security—Paymentof Gratuity Act, 1972/Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition)Act, 1970/Wages—Payment of Wages Act, 1936/Wages—Minimum Wages Act, 1948/Wages—Payment of Bonus Act,1965/Miscellaneous

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2006 / 434 Pages / PB / Rs. 375ISBN: 81-7446-472-7 / 71/4x91/2

Business Lawthird edition

S S GULSHAN, Former Principal, College ofBusiness Studies, Delhi University

Business and its Environment/Meaning and Nature of Law/Law ofContract/Contracts of Guarantee and Indemnity/Contracts of Bailmentand Pledge/Contract of Agency/Law of Partnership/Law of Sale of Goods/Law of Negotiable Instruments/The Consumer Protection Act, 1986/The Competition Act, 2002/The Foreign Exchange Management Act,1999/Elements of Company Law/The Information Technology Act,2000/The Patents Act, 1970/The Copyright Act, 1957

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2006 / 740 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 81-7446-482-4 / 71/4x91/2

With his considerable teaching and trainingexperience in the field of Legal Aspects ofBusiness, Dr Gulshan has made a properassimilation of legal implications of provisions

Instructor Manual Available

of the more important Acts on business strategies in this book. The textbook provides not just a mere theoretical exposition of different Acts,rather, it shows how the practical side of 'Business Law' operates. At theend of every chapter, a part entitled 'Gaining Practical Experience' hasbeen included for the guidance of both the present and the future managers.The book is a unique presentation of the theory as well as the practice of'Business Law'.

S S GULSHAN, Former Principal, College ofBusiness Studies, Delhi University

Mercantile Law

Business and its Environment / Meaning and Nature of Law / Law ofContract / Law of Torts / Contracts of Guarantee and Indemnity /Contracts of Bailment and Pledge / Contract of Agency / Law ofPartnership / Law of Sale of Goods / Law of Negotiable Instruments /Law of Carriage of Goods / The Consumer Protection Act, 1986 / TheCompetition Act, 2002 / Elements of Company Law / The ForeignExchange Management Act, 1999 / The Information Technology Act,2000 / Law of Insurance / Law of Insolvency / Law of Arbitration andConciliation

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

third edition

TEXTBOOK2007 / 850 Pages / PB / Rs. 320ISBN: 81-7446-561-8 / 71/4x91/2

With his considerable amount of teaching andtraining experience in the field of legal aspectsof business, Professor Gulshan has made, inthis book, proper assimilation of legal

implications of provisions of the more important Acts on business strategies.The work is not just a theoretical exposition of different Acts, rather itshows how the practical side of ‘business law’ operates. At the end of everychapter, a part entitled ‘Gaining Practical Experience’ has been includedfor the guidance of both the present and the future manager. It would beobvious from the brief contents that the book is a unique presentation,since it deals with both theory and practice of ‘business law’.

Instructor Manual Available

Page 77: Excel Catalog 2010

77

IndustrialRelations andLabour LawsB D SINGH

Existing books on Labour Laws are either too technicalor too cumbersome with plethora of case laws or toobrief and too sketchy that they hardly convey anything.The result is that students get confused and developdislike for the subject.

Considering the above difficulties, this book has beenwritten in simple and non-legal language. First fewchapters provide the right ambience and correctbackground to make the students understand the needof different labour laws. The concluding chapter dealswith the need for review, revision of existing laws andreinvention of new laws to meet the futurerequirements. The book contains a detailedbackground about each law explaining the genesis forthe enactment of that law.

Taking advantage from his wide experience aspracticing manager and teacher of labour laws, theauthor has added some topics which are not laws perse but their knowledge and understanding is muchmore important than the proper laws. For instance,laws relating to Management of Discipline, Principlesof Natural Justice, Supreme Court Instructions onManagement of Sexual Harassment, etc. The bookalso gives some glimpses of important provisions ofprevailing labour laws in South-Asian countriesincluding labour laws of China.

Only important labour laws have been discussed inthe book, each one updated with latest amendmentand with latest Supreme Court judgements. The bookwill surely go in long way to meet the expectations ofstudents and managers.

CONTENTS INCLUDE:PART-I Background to Industrial Relations /Evolution of Industrial Relations in India /Changing Profiles of Major Stakeholders ofIndustrial Relations in India / Management ofConflict in Industry / Case Studies / PART-IIBackground of Labour Legislations / RegulativeLegislations / Protective Legislations / WageLegislations / Social Security Legislations /Miscellaneous Legislations / Emerging Trendsin Labour Legislations

2008 / 560 Pages / PB / Rs. 300ISBN: 978-81-7446-620-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Labour Laws for ManagersB D SINGH, Professor, Human Resource Management, IMT,Ghaziabad

The book is a product of the heart-felt needs of the managers-in-making (the students of management schools) and youngmanagers practicing in industries. The existing books on laborlaws are either too voluminous / complex for easycomprehension of students or too sketchy to meet their

Background/Regulative Legislation/Protective Legislation/Wage Legislation/SocialSecurity Legislations/Miscellaneous Legislation/Emerging Trends in Labour Legislation/Labour Laws in China (in original)

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 468 Pages / PB / Rs. 300ISBN: 81-7446-547-2 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

requirements. This book avoids both and provides a simple, exhaustive and comprehensivereading.

The book contains the evolution of labor law, and its long, arduous journey and thechallenges it is a encountering in today’s changing business scenario. It discuss therequired amendments to be made to make them business friendly. The book also containsthe latest High Court and Supreme Court judgments to make it up-to-date and relevant.

Attempt has been made to provide a glimpse of pertinent labor legislations in Far EastAsian countries like China, Malaysia and Singapore etc.

S S GULSHAN, Former Principal, College of Business Studies,Delhi University

Business Law

Understanding of laws which govern the business system is ofparamount importance for the students of business. Therefore,the study of law is included in the syllabi of management

Law of Contract / Contracts of Guarantee and Indemnity / Contract of Bailment /Contract of Agency / Law of Partnership / Law of Sale of Goods / Law of NegotiableInstruments / Law of Information Technology

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2008 / 374 Pages / PB / Rs. 200ISBN: 978-81-7446-689-1 / 61/4x91/2

institutions. This book has been prepared with a conscious effort to meet in full measurethe requirements of not only the students but also for the working managers.

The book offers a working account of appropriate business laws. Also, it providesin-depth analysis supplemented by practical observations and numerous examples in theproblematic areas. The emphasis all through is on clarity and the way the law operates ona day-to-day basis for business. Extensive case laws have been carefully presented andanalysed with quotations from frequently cited judgements.

The book aims at providing complete clarity for the beginner, and such simplicity ofexposition which makes the text practically self-teaching. Further, the textual material isconcise and to the point, providing essential information.

TEXTBOOK

for B.Com.

Instructor Manual Available

Instructor Manual Available

law

Page 78: Excel Catalog 2010

78

Intellectual PropertyRightstext and cases

DR. R RADHAKRISHNAN, ViceChancellor, Anna University,Coimbatore

DR. S. BALASUBRAMANIAN, Director,Centre for Intellectual Property Rights,Anna University, Coimbatore

2008 / 332 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-609-9 / 71/4x91/2

This book covers the following basic aspects of IPR with themerits and demerits of the evolving global economic intellectualproperty regimes.

FEATURES:Coverage of all IP rights, Patents, Design, Copyrights,Trademark, Geographical indication and IC Layout

Brief introduction of the emerging Cyber law in the wiredcentury

Chapter objectives and review questions for betterunderstanding

Detailed discussion on the difference of software programmesource codes from other traditional creation rights

Basic overview of some of the legal aspects of the IPR audit

Role of Patent Management in activities of enterprises

Fundamentals of IPR / Patents / Trademarks / Copyright /Industrial Designs / Geographical Indication / Trade Secret /Software Copyright / IPR in International Scenario / Cyberlaw/ Patent Management / Audit Procedures

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK

law

Business and CorporateLaws

This book has described the following categories of business lawsin a simple language:

The Contract Act, 1872 / The law relating to special contractsviz., indemnity and guarantee; bailment and pledge; and agency /The Partnership Act, 1932 / The Sale of Goods Act, 1930 / TheNegotiable Instruments Act, 1881 / The Companies Act, 1956 /The Depositories Act, 1996 / The Consumer Protection Act, 1986/Intellectual Property Laws relating to patents, copyrights andtrade marks.

TEXTBOOK2006 / 848 Pages / PB / Rs. 365ISBN: 81-7446-473-5 / 71/4x91/2

C L BANSAL, Management DevelopmentInstitute, Gurgaon

Research Methodology forManagement and SocialSciencesADITHAM BHUJANGA RAO

2008 / 342 Pages / PB / Rs. 225ISBN: 978-81-7446-612-9 / 71/4x91/2

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Introduction / Hypothesis and Research Design / Research Methodsand Research Methodology / Collection of Data / Measurement andScaling Techniques / Sampling Techniques / Processing and Analysingof Data / Testing of Hypothesis: Parametric Tests / Testing of Hypothesis:Non-parametric Tests / Analysis of Variance / Interpretation of Data /Research Report Writing / Use of Computer in Research / StatisticalFormulae and Notes

The book will be extremely helpful to study the fundamentals of ResearchMethodology.

TEXTBOOK

Quantitative Methods inManagementProblems and Solutions

R SELVARAJ

Highlights of the book:This book is student-friendlyNo need to refer any other bookCovers all the chapters specified in the syllabusEnough examples are given under each chapterA good number of exercise problems with answers to practiceSimple and clear steps in arriving the answersLatest five years question papers of Bharathiar and Anna University aresolved and annexed at the end of the bookWritten in simple language so that students of all level can understand.

Functions / Mathematics of Finance / Differentiation / Integration /Measures of Central Tendency / Measures of Dispersion / Correlationand Regression / Index Numbers and Time Series / Testing of Hypothesis/ Theoretical Distribution

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

The book provides a strong foundation in Quantitative Methods formanagement students who come from different disciplines. It has beendesigned according to the latest syllabi of the Bharathiar University andAnna University. The book is prepared with utmost care and rules out thenecessity of referring any other book as it is self-contained. This book willsurely prove to be a good reference book for both the students and teachers.

2008 / 444 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 978-81-7446-630-3 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

mathematics/statistics

Page 79: Excel Catalog 2010

79

mathematics/statistics

Business ResearchMethodsS N MURTHY, Professor, Department ofManagement Science, RNSIT, Bangalore

U BHOJANNA, HOD, Department ofManagement Science, RNSIT, Bangalore

TEXTBOOK

third edition

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2010/ 512 Pages / PB / Rs. 340ISBN: 978-81-7446-820-8 / 71/4x91/2

Research is the all pervasive key and the brain for decision-making in anyorganization. The students of today are the future decision-makers ofIndian industry. When these students join the corporate world, they needto know the methodology to be adopted to conduct research, in terms ofgathering data, interpretation and report-writing and also the use ofstatistical techniques. This book aims at covering various aspects of BusinessResearch, such as problem formulation, data gathering, analysing,interpretation of data, report-writing, use of statistical methods, etc. Inthis book, the subject-matter of Business Research is included at macroand also at a micro level.

Special features of this book are:

It is written in an easy to understand manner.

To give the knowledge of tools and skills necessary to solve businessproblems.

To help the students apply research techniques in a changing marketingenvironment.

The book is divided into 25 chapters and the research techniques andprocesses are well explained with illustrations.

Research Methodology and Market Research / Scientific Method inResearch / Organisation of Marketing Research / Research Process /Research Problem Formulation / Research Design / Causal Research /Secondary Data / Literature Review / Primary Data / QualitativeTechniques of Data Collection / Sampling / Attitude Measurement andScaling Techniques / Data Processing and Interpretation / StatisticalAnalysis of Business Research / Markov Process / Hypothesis Testing /Time Series Analysis / Decision Theory / Research Report / EthicalIssues in Business Research / Market Information System / Role ofComputers and Recent Trends in Business Research / Application ofMarketing Research / Guidelines for Project Work / Case Studies inIndian Context

Research Methods inBusinessR NANDAGOPAL, Director, PSG Instituteof Management, PSG College ofTechnology.

K ARUN RAJAN, Senior Lecturer, PSGInstitute of Management.

N VIVEK, Lecturer, PSG Institute ofManagement

TEXTBOOK2007 / 208 Pages / PB / Rs. 245ISBN: 81-7446-528-6 / 71/4x91/2

Introduction to Business Research / Research Process / ScalingTechniques / Data Files and Coding Data / Starting SPSS /Frequency Distribution and Descriptive Statistics Using SPSS /Manipulating the Data / Cross-Tabulations Using SPSS / UsingSPSS to Perform 't' Test / One Way ANOVA Using SPSS /Correlation Using SPSS / Using SPSS to Perform Chi-Square /Simple Regression Analysis / 2-Way and 3-Way ANOVA / ClusterAnalysis / Conjoint Analysis / Discriminant Analysis / FactorAnalysis / Multi-Dimensional Scaling / Non-Parametric Tests

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Probability andCombinatoricsD P APTE, Professor and Director, MITSchool of Management, Pune

Combinatorics I/Combinatorics II/Combinatorial Identities/Probability/Random variables/Standard Discrete ProbabilityDistributions/Standard Continuous Probability Distributions/Jointly Distributed Random Variables/Advanced CountingTechniques/ Generating Functions

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

2007 / 490 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 81-7446-520-0 / 71/4x91/2

This book covers a selection of topicson combinatorics, probability anddiscrete mathematics useful to the

students of MCA, MBA, computer science and applied mathematics.The book uses a different approach in explaining these subjects, soas to be equally suitable for the students with different backgroundsfrom commerce to computer engineering. This book not onlyexplains the concepts and provides variety of solved problems, butalso helps students to develop insight and perception, to formulateand solve mathematical problems in a creative way. The bookincludes topics in combinatorics like advance principles of counting,combinatorial identities, concept of probability, random variablesand their probability distributions, discrete and continuous standarddistributions and jointly random variables, recurrence relations andgenerating functions.

This book completely covers MCA syllabus of Pune University andwill also be suitable for undergraduate science courses like B.Sc. aswell as management courses.

TEXTBOOK

Mathematics and Statistics for BusinessR S BHARDWAJ

Part A: Businss Mathematics / Analytical Geometry / Functions and theirGraphs / Limits and Continuity / The Derivative / The Maxima andMinima / Integration / Mathematics of Finance / Part B: Businss Statistics/ Introduction / Measures of Central Tendency / Measures of Dispersion/ Correlation / Regression Analysis / Index Numbers / Analysis of TimeSeries

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Instructor Manual Available

Page 80: Excel Catalog 2010

80

mathematics/statistics

StatisticalTools forManagersUsing MS EXCEL

D P APTE, Professor andDirector, MIT School ofManagement, Pune,India, and Mentor, MITSchool of Business andMIT School ofGovernment

2009 / 700 Pages / PB / Rs. 375ISBN: 978-81-7446-697-6 / 81/4x11

This book covers the topics on probability and statisticsmostly used for managerial decision making. The bookuses a practical approach in explaining these subjects,so as to be equally suitable for the students withdifferent backgrounds from commerce to computerengineering. This book not only explains the conceptsbut also provides a variety of solved problems that arenecessary while preparing for the examinations. Thiswould help the students to develop insight and interestin solving problems using MS Excel. The book wouldprove to be beneficial for the students to use statisticaltools during their work life to solve complex real lifemanagerial decision making situations.

MS Excel is selected as a computer resource because itis practically available with every manager. Other morepowerful statistical packages may not be accessible toall the managers at field level or working in smallercorporates. The book includes topics in sampling, dataprocessing, random variables, probability and samplingdistributions, estimation, testing of hypothesis, testsof significance, curve fitting, correlation, regression andANOVA. The syllabi of most of the universities forMBA, MCA, Commerce, and Science courses arecovered under the topics of this book. It would alsoprovide a suitable reference for all management,engineering, science and commerce students.

Statistics and Decision-making / Collection,Processing and Presentation of Data / Measure ofCentral Tendency / Measures of Variability,Skewness and Kurtosis / Fundamentals ofProbability / Random Variables and ProbabilityDistributions / Sampling Design and Theory ofSampling / Estimation for Decision-making / BasicConcepts of Hypotheses Testing / Test ofHypothesis: Testing for Population Parameters /Hypothesis Testing: The comparison of TwoPopulations / Correlation and Association /Regression / Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) /Appendices

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Mathematics for Economicsand BusinessR S BHARDWAJ, Reader, Department of Economics, ShivajiCollege, Delhi University

second edition

CONTENTS INCLUDE:Analytical Geometry/Matrix Algebra/Sets, Functions, Sequence and Series/TheDerivative/The Maxima and Minima/Functions of more than One Variable and TheirDerivatives/Maxima, Minima of Functions of more than one Variable/Integration/Mathematics of Finance/Linear Programming

TEXTBOOK2005 / 570 Pages / PB / Rs. 240ISBN: 81-7446-450-6 / 71/4x91/2

TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available

Business StatisticsR S BHARDWAJ, Reader, Department of Economics, ShivajiCollege, Delhi University

Introduction / Functions, Importance, Limitations and Distrust of Statistics / StatisticalInvestigation / Census and Sample Investigation / Collection, Editing and AnalyticalTools of Data / Classification and Tabulation of Data / Diagrammatic Presentation /Graphic Presentation / Measures of Central Tendency / Measures of Dispersion / Moments,Skewness and Kurtosis / Correlation / Regression Analysis / Index Numbers / Analysisof Time Series / Theory of Attributes / Probability / Probability Distribution of aRandom Variable and Decision Analysis / Theoretical Probability Distributions / SamplingDistributions / Statistical Inference / Analysis of Variance / Multiple Linear Regression /Statistical Quality Control / Non-parametric Tests of Hypothesis / Appendix

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

second edition

This book is designed to meet the requirements of the students of BA (Hons) Economics,BCom (Hons), MA Economics and MCom courses of various Indian Universities. Inaddition, the students of professional courses like CA, ICWA and Management will alsofind this book very useful.

The aim of this book is to expose the statistical concepts in a simple and lucid mannerso that the readers face no difficulty in understanding and interpreting them.

In order to demonstrate the use of statistical techniques in various areas of Economicsand Management, a large number of examples have been included in the text. Anadditional feature of the book is the ‘Exercises with Hints’ given at the end of eachimportant topic.

TEXTBOOK

2008 / 774 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-679-2 / 71/4x91/2

Page 81: Excel Catalog 2010

81

QuantitativeTechniquesforManagementComputer basedproblem solvingS JAISANKAR,PSG Institute ofManagement,Coimbatore

2005 / 318 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 81-7446-457-3 / 71/4x91/2

This book has been developed with a focus onthe need to demystify the subject and make iteasy for students to grasp the principles and detailsinvolved, and make it easily understandable tobeginners exposed to the subject for the first time.An attempt has been made to explain things in alogical progression, in the simplest possible wayso that neophytes may quickly grasp the conceptsand methodology. A novel approach in the bookis the illustrative use of computers with TORApackage, as a problem-solving tool.

The chapters are arranged so as to progressivelyexplain the workings of various models in actualpractice through step-by-step procedures thatso simplify and solve them, that even studentsfrom a non-mathematics academic backgroundwill grasp them quickly. Linear programming,the most powerful tool for managerial decision-making is covered elaborately, including thoroughdiscussion of various LP methods and LPsolutions, Duality in LP problems, sensitivityanalysis, etc. Models in the book also use LinearProgramming to reach solutions including thoserelating to transportation and transshipment,assignment, and Game Theory…illustrated withscreen-shots of a computer with a TORA package.Readers – whether students, business executives,managers, researchers and academicians – willfind that the insights and knowledge obtainedfrom the book will stand them in good stead inboth academic as well as occupational pursuits.

TEXTBOOK

Linear Programming: Formulation andGraphical Method / Linear Programming:Simplex Method / Transportation Model /Assignment Model / Network AnalysisPERT-CPM / Sequencing / ReplacementModels / Queuing Theory / Game Theory /Simulation / Appendix

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Instructor Manual Available

strategicmanagement

Business Process Outsourcing forStrategic AdvantageK B C SAXENA, Professor, MDI, Gurgaon

SANGEETA SHAH BHARADWAJ, Associate Professor, MDI,Gurgaon

2007 / 180 Pages / PB / Rs. 395ISBN: 81-7446-532-4 / 61/4x91/2

Extremely Short Cases on Strategic ManagementAJIT PRASAD, IMI, Delhi

2001 / 122 Pages / PB / Rs. 150ISBN: 81-7446-242-2 / 71/4x91/2

Research Methodologysecond edition

D K BHATTACHARYYA, IISWBM, Kolkata

CONTENTS INCLUDE:BLOCK 1: INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METHODOLOGY/ResearchFundamentals and Terminology/Importance of Research in Management Decisions/Defining Research Problems and Formulation of Hypothesis/Research Design/BLOCK2: METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF DATA COLLECTION/Methods andTechniques of Data Collection/Sampling and Sampling Distribution/Attitude Measurementand Scales/BLOCK 3: DATA PRESENTATION AND ANALYSIS/Data Preparation andPreliminary Analysis/Statistical Analysis and Interpretation of Data:Non-parametic Tests/Multivariate Analysis of Data/Model Building and Decision Making/BLOCK 4: REPORTWRITING AND PRESENTATION/Writing and Formatting of Reports/AdditionalStatistics in Research/Statistical Tests in Management Research/BLOCK 5: ADVANCEDRESEARCH METHODOLOGY/Factor Analysis/Computer Aided Research

TEXTBOOK2006 / 414 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 81-7446-497-2 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

For defining research problems and finding their appropriatesolutions, you need to follow a structured approach. A logicalseries of steps need to be performed right from selecting a topicof research to report writing. Every finding needs to be

strengthened by arguments, which are adequately substantiated by data. Research inmanagement areas needs massive experimentation and data support. Management researchrequires more theoretical rigours and practical insights. However, not much of the availablereading material provides extensive focus on management research. Yet students are requiredto comprehend the nitty-gritty of doing research - right from developing their project reportsto final dissertation, as part of their core curriculum.

This book is well equipped with fundamentals of research and research designs. Written in asimple language, it covers all facets of management areas with details of statistical toolsrequired for analysis in a research work. Many practical examples and tips for managementresearchers strengthen the content of this book. It is an essential reading for managementstudents as well as for those who are aspiring to do their doctoral work in management. Itconforms to the core syllabus of all universities and institutes.

mathematics/statistics

Page 82: Excel Catalog 2010

82

Strategic Managementconcepts and cases

UPENDRA KACHRU, Professor, IILM,Gurgaon

Includes case material of IIM, Ahmedabad

TEXTBOOK

Recipient of ISTD-ONGC Book Award2004-2005

Instructor Manual Available2005 / 804 Pages / PB / Rs. 310ISBN: 81-7446-424-7 / 81/4x11

Strategic Managementand Business Policytext and cases

C APPA RAOB PARVATHISWARA RAOK SIVARAMAKRISHNA

This book presents the fundamental concepts of StrategicManagement with current examples and illustrations in simple, lucidand student-friendly manner. The main feature of this book is acomprehensive coverage of popular analytical frameworks, such as:SWOT Analysis / Porter's Five Forces Model / Ansoff's Product/MarketGrid / Value Chain Analysis / BCG Matrix

The book is very useful for the courses, such as, MBA, PGDBA, BBA,BBM and other professional programmes at graduate and postgraduatelevel.

Basic Concepts / Basic Concepts / Strategic Intent / GenericTools of Analysis / Strategic Analysis / Strategic Analysis—TheBusiness Environment / The Internal Environment / Tools forStrategic Analysis / Strategic Choice / Strategic Choice—GrandStrategies / Competitive Strategies—Business Unit Strategy / StrategyEvaluation and Selection / Strategy Implementation /Implementation: Structure and Culture / Resource Allocation,Evaluation and Control / Governance and Change / Case Studies

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Introduction to Strategic Management/Understanding ExternalEnvironment/Understanding Internal Environment/EstablishingStrategic Focus/Corporate Strategy/Business-level Strategy/CompetitiveStrategies/Implementing strategies I: Management/ImplementingStrategies II: Organisational Issues/Strategic Evaluation and Control

Strategic Management andBusiness PolicyNITIN BALWANI

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

TEXTBOOK2002 / 334 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 81-7446-273-2 / 71/4x91/2

The nuances of strategic management areexamined in great depth in this book,which includes a supplement that unfoldsthe historical process and growth of

V S P RAOV HARI KRISHNA

Text and Cases

Designed to facilitate understanding andretention of the material presented, the bookcontains the following features:

Opening Case: Each chapter begins withan opening case highlighting strategies

TEXTBOOK

2003 / 710 Pages / 71/4x91/2

HB / ISBN: 81-7446-347-X / Rs. 695PB / ISBN: 81-7446-346-1 / Rs. 325

Introduction / Strategic Planning and Strategic Management / TheStrategic Management Process / Strategic Intent: Vision, Mission andObjectives / Environmental and Resources Analysis / EnvironmentalAnalysis / Industry Analysis / Competitive Analysis / Internal Analysis/ Strategy Formulation and Choice / Corporate Level Strategy /Acquisition, Restructuring and Cooperative Strategies / Global Strategy/ Business Level Strategy / Strategic Analysis and Choice / StrategyImplementation and Functional Strategies / Strategy Implementation:Structural Issues / Behavioural Issues in Strategy Implementation /Operational Strategy / Financial Strategy / Marketing Strategy / HumanResource Strategy / Strategic Leadership and Control / StrategicLeadership / Strategy Evaluation and Control / Strategy and TechnologyManagement / Designing a Technology Strategy / TechnologyForecasting and R&D Strategies / Strategies for Acquisition andAbsorption of Technology / Emerging Issues / Social Audit / Index

CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Instructor Manual Available

strategicmanagement

2008 / 628 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-668-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

strategic thinking in India. This book is unique and original in theway it has been organized and the material that has gone into it. Thetheoretical concepts included are the state-of-the-art positions onthe subject, and the text has thus been divided into four Parts.

Ten world class studies of Indian companies, from India's premier B-school, IIM Ahmedabad, authored by the best teachers in the countryincluding the legendary Prof CK Prahalad himself are included.

and actions followed by Indian companies.Real World Examples: Each chapter contains a number of real-world examples illustrating how a particular firm has exploited thegaps present in the environment, using its own resources to bestadvantage.Personality Profiles: Personality sketches of leading corporate heroeshave also been provided at appropriate places, illustrating the mannerin which they fought against heavy odds and emerged as winners inthe end.Research Inputs: The book provides a comprehensive coverage of avast, growing subject — well-supported by a wealth of researchdata collected from multifarious sources.Concluding Case: Each chapter contains a thoroughly researchedand widely-acclaimed case, picked up from Business Today.

Strategic Management

Page 83: Excel Catalog 2010

83

excelmultimedia

Produced in association withAll India Management Association

Magic Carpet: A Set of 8 CDs

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes

Customer LeadershipNITIN PARANJPE, CEO & Managing Director, Hindustan UnileverLimited

VINITA BALI, Managing Director, Britannia Industries Limited

Towards Cost Competitiveness

R SESHASAYEE, Managing Director, Ashok Leyland Ltd

PUNEET DALMIA, Managing Director, Dalmia Cement (Bharat) Ltd

Value Creation through People PowerSWAMI MITRANAND, Acharya, Chinmaya Mission, Chennai andDirector, All India Chinmaya Yuvak Kendra (AICHYK)

Leading through InnovationD SHIVAKUMAR, Vice President & Managing Director, Nokia IndiaPrivate Limited

SHRIDHAR VENKAT, Executive Director, The Akshaya Patra Foundation

Creating Winning Organizations of Tomorrow

SANJIV GOENKA, Sr Vice President, AIMA andVice Chairman, RPG Group

SAJJAN JINDAL, Vice Chairman and MD, JSW Steel Group

K SRIKKANTH, Chairman, All India Selection Committee, BCCI

Values and its Multiple DimensionsJON WILLIAMS, US National Managing Director - ServicesDeloitte Consulting, USA

JOHN C CAMILLUS, Donald R Reall Professor of Strategic Management,University of Pittsburgh, USA

Creating Lasting ValueN SRINIVASAN, Vice Chairman & Managing Director, The IndiaCements Limited

DENNIS SUN, President, Asian Association of Management Organisations(AAMO)

A SIVASAILAM, Chairman, Amalgamations Pvt Ltd

Value Creation and EthicsJOYDEEP DUTTA GUPTA, Executive Director, Deloitte and ToucheConsulting

L LAKSHMAN, Chairman, Rani Holdings Ltd.

A Set of 5 CDs on HRM

Creating A Leadership PipelineVINEET KAUL, Chief People Officer, Hindalco Industries Ltd

MANPREET RATIA, Head-HR, Citi Bank

Compensation & RewardsThe Keys to Success

PHILLIP MATHEW, Chief People Officer, HDFC

SANDEEP CHAUDHARY, Practice Leader, South West Asia, HewittAssociate

SUDHIR V SOHONI, Executive Vice President, Thermax Ltd

Sustaining High Performance TeamsRACHNA MUKHERJEE, Head-HR (Mobility), AIRCEL Ltd

UDAI UPENDRA, Managing Director, THE HR COMPANY

ARVIND N AGRAWAL, President - Corporate Development & HR, RPGEnterprises

Employee Engagement and Communication for the RainyDaysSANJAY GOEL, Chief Executive Officer, Simon Carves India Ltd

Managing Uncertaintysoft functions hard operationsASHWIN SHIRALI, Head-HR, ACCOR Hotels

A V K MOHAN, Head-HR, SPICE

Page 84: Excel Catalog 2010

84

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes

Magic Carpet: A Set of 6 CDs (Series 4)

Developing the New Business ManagerINDU SHAHANI, Sheriff of Mumbai

R GOPALAKRISHNAN, Convention Chairman & Executive Director, TataSons Ltd.

JOHN KERR, Consulting EMEA Regional Leader, Deloitte

Developing a Global MindsetJEFFREY WATTS, Partner, Deloitte Tohmatsu Consulting Co. Ltd., Japan

ANNE NEMER, Associate Dean & Executive Director, University ofPittsburgh

D SHIVAKUMAR, Managing Director, Nokia India

Changing Marketing Paradigm for the New ManagerNIRMALYA KUMAR, Professor of Marketing, London Business School

SANTOSH DESAI, CEO, Future Brands

Innovation: A Key Tool for the New ManagerLARRY SCHMITT, Founder and President, Inovo Technologies Inc.

RASHMI BARBHAIYA, CEO, Advinus Therapeutics

PRABHAT PANI, CEO, Roots Corporation Ltd.

The Entrepreneur ManagerNIRAJ BAJAJ, Chairman, Managing Director, Mukand Limited

PRASHANT TEWARI, Managing Director, USV Ltd.

K GANESH, CEO & Founder, Tutor Vista

DIVYA MODI, Global Director, Finance, Spice Corp

The New Manager

Supply Chain Management: A Set of 4 CDs

Global Supply Chain Management and its DesignSUJIT GUHA, Head, Supply Chain, Dabur India Limited

GOVIND JAJU, Vice President, Supply Chain, Ranbaxy LaboratoriesLimited

Collaboration and Best Practices in Supply ChainManagementKAPIL AGARWAL, Assistant Vice President, Madura Garments

SANJAY DAWAR, Associate Partner, Accenture India Private Limited

Developing Good Supply Chain ManagementRAJAN ANANDAN, Vice President and General Manager, Dell India

SUMAN SHARMA, Head, Processes, DS Group

Managing Supply Chain EffectivelyS MAITRA, Chief General Manager, SCM, Maruti Udyog Limited

VENKATA KRISHNA REDDY, Executive Vice President, SCM, Pepsi FoodLimited

A Set of 2 CDs on Business Responsibility Summit

Death of CSR and Birth of Responsible BusinessC K PRAHALAD, The Paul and Ruth McCracken Distinguished UniversityProfessor of Corporate Strategy, University of Michigan Ross School ofBusiness

The Voice within the LeaderSWAMI SUKHBODHANAND, Founder Chairman, Prasanna Trust

R GOPALAKRISHNAN, Executive Director, Tata Sons Ltd.

Intuitive, Humane and HumbleR GOPALAKRISHNAN, Convention Chairman & Executive Director, TataSons Ltd.

ROOPEN ROY, Managing Director, Deloitte

RAHUL BAJAJ, Chairman, Bajaj Auto Ltd.

excelmultimediaProduced in association withAll India Management Association

Page 85: Excel Catalog 2010

85

excelmultimedia

Magic Carpet: A Set of 8 CDs (Series 4)Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes

Managing New India

SUBIR RAHA, President, AIMA and Former CMD, ONGC

SAMPATH KUMAR MOORTHY, President, Sundram Fasteners

Emerging Leadership

B J PANDA, Member of Parliament

Emerging Leadership

B MUTHURAMAN, Managing Director, Tata Steel

New India as an Emerging Giant in the Asia PacificRegionJapanese and Asian PerspectivesRYOKICHI HIRONO, Professor Emiretus, Seikei University, Tokyo, Japan

Indian PerspectiveALAN ROSLING, Executive Director, Tata Sons Ltd.

Perspectives on the Regional OpportunitiesDENNIS TAI LUN SUN, Vice Chairman, AAMO & Chairman, ChinaHong Kong Photo Products Holdings

Managing New IndiaStriving for Inclusive Growth

Acquiring a Global Mindset

The Indian MNCs

The Role of Next Generation Politicians

JOYDEEP DATTA GUPTA, Executive Director, PricewaterhouseCoopers, India

PRONAB SEN, Secretary, Ministry of Statistics & Programme Implementation

Managing New IndiaChallenges of ChangeSANJEEV BIKHCHANDANI, Founder & CEO, Info Edge (India) Pvt Ltd.SURESH PRABHU, Member of Parliament

Managing New IndiaConnecting Across GenerationsCHETAN TOLIA, MD, Tata Steel-Blue Scope JV

RENU ROY, Director, Spandan

70 Million Employable Indians: Strategies for GlobalCompetitivenessANKITA ABHIJIT BAKRE, A V N P K CHAITANYA, PRAVIN KUMARNCYM Champion Team, 33rd National Competition for Young Managers,Bharat Petroleum Co. Ltd.

CHAYAN BHATTACHARJEE, SUDIPTO DENCMS Champion Team, 4th National Competition for ManagementStudents, PG Program in Retail Management IISWBM-Kolkata

Managing New IndiaStrategies and PerspectiveWILLEM BROCKER, Sr Global Advisor, Pricewaterhouse CoopersInternational

ASHWANI PURI, Executive Director, Pricewaterhouse Coopers

AMBARISH DASGUPTA, Executive Director, Pricewaterhouse Coopers,India

Magic Carpet: A Set of 7 CDs (Series 3)Megatrends of the Next Decade

The Talent ImperativesSANTRUPT MISRA, Director-HR, Aditya Birla ManagementCorporation Ltd.

PRAMOD BHASIN, CEO, GENPACT

Winning in the Era of ‘Total Competition’

Transforming Technologies for the FutureV S ARUNACHALAM, Chairman, Center for Study of Science, Technology& Policy (CSTEP)

C KUMAR N PATEL, Chairman & CEO, Pranalytica, Inc.

G PADMANABHAN, Honorary Distinguished Biotechnologist, Departmentof Biochemistry, Indian Institute of Science

Connecting Across Generations - Creating Indian BrandsMOHANBIR SAWHNEY, McCormick Tribune Professor of Technology andDirector, Centre for Research in Technology & Innovation

RAJESH BIYANI AND POOJA BAID, Winners of the 3rd NationalCompetition for Management Students, (NCMS), AIMA

The Changing Face of Retailing in IndiaNAVNEET SALUJA, Chief Executive, Reliance Retail-Delhi

ARVIND SINGHAL, Chairman, Technopak Advisors Pvt Ltd.

A Conceptual Framework for Managing FutureEnhanced Competitiveness - An Antidote to ManagingFutureManaging the Future-Everlasting TakeawaysSHIV NADAR, Convention Chairman and Founder, HCL and Chairman& CEO, HCL Technologies Ltd.

MARK B FULLER, Chairman, Monitor Group, USA

NIKHIL P OJHA, Partner, Monitor Group

PETER SCHWARTZ, Chairman, Global Business Network, Monitor Group,USA

HONG CHEN, Chairman & CEO, The Hina Group Inc., China

R GOPALAKRISHNAN, Executive Director, Tata Sons Ltd.

B N KALYANI, Chairman & Managing Director, Bharat Forge Ltd.

DEEPAK PURI, Managing Director, Moser Baer India Ltd.

Produced in association withAll India Management Association

Page 86: Excel Catalog 2010

86

excelmultimedia

A Set of 3 CDs on HRM

Change Management to Change LeadershipUDAI UPENDRA, Vice President (Global HR), Ranabaxy Laboratories Ltd.

A K BALYAN, Director (HR), ONGC Ltd.

Getting Outside the Square Excellence throughImplicit HRM CompetenciesK T PRASAD, Head (HR), ITC IBD

YOGI SRIRAM, Sr Vice President (HR), Taj Group (Tata Enterprise)

RAJ DATTA, Head (Knowledge Management Group), MindtreeConsulting Pvt Ltd.

YASHO V VERMA, Director (HR & MS), LG Electronics India Ltd.

Collaboration, Trust and Innovative Change

A Set of 4 CDs on Integrated Marketing

Preemptive CRM: Retaining Customerswhen Competition EmulatesLEN ELLIS, Executive Vice President, Director of Strategy, Wunderman,USA

RAJAT SETHI, President, Wunderman India

Strategies for Youth Dominated MarketBijou Kurien, COO – Watches; Titan Industries Ltd.

Anthony Kent, Director of Postgraduate Studies, Marketing School,London College of Communications London,UK

Decoding the Cultural Language for MarketingSantosh Desai, President – McCann Erickson, India

Design as a Strategic DifferentiatorPreeti Vyas Gianetti, Chairperson - Vyas Gianetti Creatives

Eric Stevens, Professor of Marketing, ESCEM Business School, France

A F Mathew, MICA Faculty

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes

Connecting with the New ConsumerPIYUSH PANDEY, Group President & National Creative Director, Ogilvy& Mather

RUFINO L DELA ROSA, President, Chowking Food Corporation,Philippines

Magic Carpet: A Set of 8 CDs (series 2)

Engaging with the New Indian CitizenSACHIN PILOT, Member of Parliament

ARUN MAIRA, Chairman, The Boston Consulting Group, India

Organizing across BordersJALAJ DANI, President, International Asian Paints Ltd.

NIALL BOOKER, Group General Manager & CEO-India, HSBC Ltd.

Connecting across GenerationsABHIJIT DUTTA, MICA, Best Student, 2nd National Paper WritingContestKEDAR APSHANKAR, Aditya Birla Management Corporation Ltd.,National Champions, 31st National Competition for Young Managers

Instilling the ‘DNA’ of InnovationHARSH MARIWALA, Chairman & Managing Director,Marico Industries Ltd.

JAWAHAR KANJILAL, Director-Rich Media & MBP, Nokia Asia Pacific,Singapore

Challenging the LeaderVENU SRINIVASAN, Chairman & MD, TVS Motor Co. Ltd.

RAVINDER ZUTSHI, Dy Managing Director, Samsung Electronics IndiaPvt Ltd.

Creating Talent IncubatorsG K AGARWAL, Executive Director-HR, NTPC Ltd.

Towards ExcellenceB RAMALINGA RAJU, Chairman, Satyam Computer Services Ltd.

K V KAMATH, Managing Director & CEO, ICICI Bank Ltd.

JOHN CLARKESON, Global Chairman, The Boston Consulting Group

Produced in association withAll India Management Association

Page 87: Excel Catalog 2010

87

A Set of 8 Magic Carpet CDs (series 1)

People: India’s AdvantageN K SINGH, Former Member, Planning Commission

JERRY RAO, Chairman & CEO, Mphasis Software & Services (I) Pvt Ltd.

Charting New DirectionsBHARAT PURI, Managing Director, Cadbury India Ltd.

ARUN MAIRA, Chairman, The Boston Consulting Group India

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes

Listening to the PeopleMIRAI CHATTERJEE, Co-ordinator, SEWA

SURESH P PRABHU, Member of Parliament

Partnering beyond Country BordersHANS PAUL BUERKNER, CEO, The Boston Consulting Group, Worldwide

M N KALYANI, Chairman & MD, Bharat Forge Ltd.

Mobilizing ChangeSUBIR RAHA, Chairman & MD, ONGC Ltd.

GAUTAM THAPAR, Vice Chairman & MD, Ballarpur Industries Ltd.

Connecting across GenerationsKANIKA MITTAL, Best Student - Paper Writing Contest, 30th NCYM

SHAILLEY GARG, Team MICO, National Champion Team - 30th NationalCompetition for Young Managers (NCYM)

Experiences: My Firm and My JourneyRAJIV BAJAJ, Jt. Managing Director, Bajaj Auto

B MUTHURAMAN, Managing Director, Tata Iron & Steel Co. Ltd.

J N GODREJ, Chairman & MD, Godrej Boyce Mfg. Ltd.

Managing the People, Social and Cultural Dimensions ofGlobalizationDR. KUMAR MANGALAM BIRLA, Chairman, Aditya Birla Group,

ANNE KNOWLES, Senior Specialist, ILO, Bangkok

LORD GRIFFITHS OF FFORESTFACH, Vice Chairman, Goldman SachsInternational, UK

Produced in association withAll India Management Association

A Set of 4 CDs on CRM

Importance of Customer Focus to an OrganizationJAYANT KOCHAR, Managing Director, Amoretto Retail Private Limited

Organization Architecture/Structures forEffective Service DeliveryDR. MUKESH CHATURVEDI, Professor, Management DevelopmentInstitute

NAMRATA RANA, Managing Director, Futurescape

IT Tools for Enhancing CRM Delivery System QualityApplications for Delivering CRMSUDHANSHU RAWAT, Sr. Project Manager, Oracle India Private Ltd.

SANJEEV MAGO, Head - Quality, Max New York Life Insurance Co. Ltd.

HR related Aspects of CRM-Reward/RecognitionSystemsSANJEEV DUGGAL, President, NIS Sparta Ltd.

RAJAN DUTTA, Chief of HR & TQM, Escotel MobileCommunications Ltd.

“Emerging Paradigms in Branding”

Creating Iconic Brands in Indian MarketRAHUL KANSAL, Director-TOI Brand Benett Coleman & Co. Ltd.

RAJESH JEJURIKAR, Executive Vice President (Marketing & Sales)Mahindra & Mahindra

Designing World Class BrandRAVI NAWARE, Chief Executive (Foods Division), ITC Ltd.

ANAND SEN, Chief (Marketing & Sales) Flat Products, The Tata Iron andSteel Company Ltd.

Product Brand to Company BrandJ SURESH, CEO & Executive Director, MTR Foods Ltd.

K B S ANAND, Vice President (Marketing & Sales), Asian Paints Ltd.

Building Successful Brands in the 21st CenturyDHAREN CHADHA, Managing Director, Momentum Strategic ConsultantsPvt. Ltd.

B MUTHURAMAN, Managing Director, The Tata Iron and Steel CompanyLtd.

A Set of 4 CDs

excelmultimedia

Page 88: Excel Catalog 2010

88

ANIL SACHDEV, Chairman, Grow Talent Company LimitedInnovate or Evaporate: HR Innovations

RAKESH PANDEY, Chief Human Resources Officer, Marico IndustriesLimited

P DWARKANATH, Director-HR, Glaxo Smithkline Consumer HealthcareLimited

HR Execution in a M&A Business Environment

ASHWINI PARASHER, Head-Human Resources, Honeywell India

A useful dimension to Developing Organizational CapabilityTalent Management

SATISH PRADHAN, Executive Vice President-Group HR, Tata Sons Limited

P DWARAKNATH, Director-HR, Glaxo Smithkline Consumer HealthcareLtd.

Creating a Leadership PipelineHARI T, Sr. Vice President-HR-Satyam Computers Ltd.

RAJENDRA SINH, President (HR) Petroleum Business, Reliance PetroleumLimited

Speed & AgilityChanging with timesOrganization in times of continuous change

S CHANDRASEKHAR, President -HR, Reliance Industries Limited

RAJEEV DUBEY, Executive Vice-President, M & M

Creating Customer Delight

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes

Delivering Customer Value

Creating Customer Centric OrganizationS Y SIDDIQUI, Chief General Manager (HR), Maruti Udyog Limited

GAUTAM CHAINANI, Director-HR, WNS Global Services

A Set of 6 CDs on HRM

A S a m p l e c l i p p i n g f r o m t h e C D

excelmultimedia

Page 89: Excel Catalog 2010

89

BOOKS AVAILABLEat*

ANDHRA PRADESH: Hyderabad: Book Selection Centre, Ph.-24446845/43; Jaico Publishing House, Ph.-27551992/5699;Universal Book Showroom, Ph.-23449920,24757206; UBS Publishers Pvt.Ltd., Ph.-040-23262572; JBD Educationals (P) Ltd., Ph:040-

32998606;Shah Book House Ph:040-23445601; Tirupati\Rayalseema: University Book Centre, Ph.-9441027963; Vijaywada: Sri Venkateswara

Book Depot, Ph.-0866-256038; Bookionics, Ph.-0866-2433383.; Visakhapatnam: JBD Educational Pvt. Ltd. Ph.-:0891-6645858/6645757;Kazipet: Sunil Book Services; Ph.-9390115435.

ASSAM: Guwahati: Asian Books (P) Ltd. Ph.-2513020, 2635729.

BIHAR: Patna: Bharti Bhawan (P&D), Ph.- 2671356, 2689717; UBS Publishers Distributors Pvt Ltd., Ph.-2672856/3973, 2686170;Vinayak Book Distributors, Ph.-0612-3245795 India Book Centre, Ph. - 0612-3295213, Amit Book Depot, Ph. - 0612-2300819,2300557.

CHHATISHGARH: Raipur: Bharat National Agency, Ph.- 2535105; Bhilai: Anil Book Depot.

DELHI: Allied Publisher Pvt. Ltd., Ph-23239001, 23233002; Asian Books (P) Ltd., Ph.-23287577/2098, 23271887, 23259151/71/81;Choudhary Export, Ph.-25755519/0801; Dutta Book Centre, Ph.-23975680; International Book House, Ph.-23858665; Jaico Book Distributor,Ph.-23260618/4748; Mittal Book Distributors, Ph.-23263913, 23257587; New Age Books, Ph.-23922151; Surendra Book Service,Ph.-9811068537, 55159385; UBS Publishers Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-23273601/04, 23266645-7; UDH Publishers & Dist. (P)Ltd.

Ph.-51562623/603; University Book House, Ph.-23859154, 23857042; BC Pub & Distributors P Ltd, Ph.- 65235268, 39496150 Variety Book

Distributors, Ph.-9811959790.

GOA: Vidya Vriksh, Ph.- 0832-319718, 314879.

GUJARAT: Ahmedabad: Book Plaza, Ph.-26430386; Books India, Ph.-26575542; Himanshu Book Company,Ph.-26579685; Jaico Book Distributor, Ph.-26579865/5262; Pocket Book Centre, Ph.-25508328; Baroda: Chirag Book Distributors,Ph.-2410771; Surat: Bulsar Book Store, Ph.-2464607/9825146263.

HARYANA: Hisar: International Book Centre, Ph.-277479; Kurukshetra: Nirmal Book Dept, Ph.- 238939; Rohtak: Happy Book Depot,Ph.-2243615/7715.

JAMMU & KASHMIR: Jammu: Radha Krishan Anand & Company; Jay Kay Book Distributor.

JHARKHAND: Jamshedpur: Sen & Co., 9431149748; Ranchi: Crown Book Depot.,Ph.-2202858/8626.

KARNATAKA: Bangalore: Asian Books (P) Ltd., Ph.-22200438; Gangarams Book Bureau, Ph.-25588015/6189/7277; Shakti Books,Ph.-9845024568, 26574718; Higginbothams Private Limited, Ph.-25325422, 25091697; Intact Book House Pvt.Ltd., Ph.-26611963; JaicoBook House, Ph.-22267016, 22257083; Kohinoor Book Distributors, Ph- 22261691; Surya Infotainment Products Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-25587621/302; Prakash Book Depot, Ph.-22201411/24; Sapna Book House, Ph.-40114455; Sankars- The Book People Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-25586867/8; UBS

Publishers’ Distributors Ltd., Ph.-22263901/02, 22253903/5153; Book Paradise; Mangalore: Book World, Ph.-0824-2445484; Sita Book

House, Ph.- 0824-2497744; Higginbothams Pvt Ltd., Ph.- 0824-2427585; Mysore: Higginbothams Pvt Ltd., Ph.- 0821-2512451.

KERALA: Ernakulam: H&C Stores, Ph.- 0484 2375563; Futura Books Kochi Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-0484-2360122; UBS Publishers DistributorsPvt Ltd., Ph.- 0484-2353901, 2363905; D C Books, Ph- 0484-2362796; Higginbothams Private Limited, Ph.-0484-2368834; Orient Book

House, Ph: 0484 2360071; Kottayam: D C Books, Ph.-0481-2560599; TBS Publishers Distributors, Ph: 0481-2585612;; Kozhikode: D CBooks, Ph.- 0495-2720572; TBS Publishers Distributors, Ph: 0495 2720086; Calicut Book Distributors, Ph; 0495 2723195; Penta Book

Distributors, Ph: 0495 2725746; Cosmo Books, Ph:0495 2703487; Kollam: H&C Stores, Ph.-0474 2765421; Kannur: Athulya Books,

Ph:0497 2709294; TBS Publishers Distributors, Ph:0497 2713713; D C Books, Ph.-0497-2706994; Thiruvananthapuram: HigginbothamsPrivate Limited, Ph.- 0471-2331622; Modern Book Centre, Ph.- 0471-2331826; D C Books, Ph.- 0471-2470927; H& C Stores,Ph.-04712572010. Trichur: Cosmo Books, Ph.-0487 2335292; D C Books, Ph,- 0487 2444322.

MADHYA PRADESH: Bhopal: Ajay Publishers & Distributors, Ph.-2542556; Jaico Publishing House, Ph.-4252122; UBS Publisher’sDistributors Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-25203183/93, 2555228; Gwalior: Anand Pustak Sadan, Ph.-2323516; Indore: Shri Indore Book Depot,Ph.-2432479; Shree Suneeta Book Centre, Ph.-2451009; Scholors Point, Ph.-2434360; Jain Book Stall, Ph.-4054839; Jainson Book Shop,Ph.-2538787.

MAHARASHTRA: Aurangabad: Samarth Book Depot, Ph.-2335535, 2342134; Kolhapur: Mehta Book Seller,Ph.-542304; Mumbai: Asian Books, Ph.-22619322, 22623572; Bhaktivedanta Book Distributors, Ph.-2261 0537,Fax: 2261 0537;

Page 90: Excel Catalog 2010

90

Book Services Syndicate, Ph.-2265 4344, 6633 5728; Book World Enterprises, Ph.-2201 5331, 2206 8538, Fax: 2205 9934; Books Unlimited,Ph.-2515 4206, 2512 7118 Fax: 2511 8820; Bookzone, Ph.-2205 4676/17 Fax: 2205 4620; Dharma Enterprise; Jaico Book House,Ph.-22676702/802/4501; Strand Book Stall ‘Dhannur’, Ph.-22661994, 22661719; Students Agencies Pvt Ltd., Ph.-24903334 (4 Lines);

Swami Book House, Ph.-9920144545, 28985817; UBS Publishers Distributors, Ph.-5637 6922;. 5637 6923 Fax: 5637 6921; Nagpur: AliedPublishers Pvt Ltd, Ph.-2521122, Fax: 2542625; The Western Book Depot, Ph.-2524659, Fax: 2524659; Venus Book Centre, Ph.-2520781,253614; Pune: Classics Book Distributors, Ph.-020-24474232, 9371045520; Diamond Book Depot., Ph.- 020- 24480677, 56020282; JaiSales, Ph.-56220383, 9823139987; Popular Book House, Ph.-25671737; Star Book Service, Ph.-24486093; The International Book Service,Ph.-25677405; UBS Publishers & Distributors, Ph-020-24433976, Fax: 56028921; Universal Book Stall, Ph.-24450976, 24451780; Varma

Book Distributors, Ph-020-24450595,24456525, Fax: 020- 24450148.

ORISSA: Bhubaneshwar: Padmalaya, Ph.-0674 -2396922; Saraswat, Ph.-0674 -2544774; UBS Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd.,

Ph.-0674 – 2314446/7/8; Amit Book Depot, Ph.-9238323349; International Book House, Ph.-O674 –3266123.

PONDICHERRY: Higginbothams Pvt Ltd., Ph.-2333836; Vinayak Book Palace, Ph.-2332336.

PUNJAB: Amritsar: National Book Distributors; Kastauri Lal & Sons; Chandigarh: Super Book House; Classic Book Centre; Jalandhar:Gupta Book Shop; Kashmri Lal & sons; Ludhiana: Pal Book Distributor, Ph.-2446858; Patiala: Central Book Agency, Ph.-283292; S.L. Madan& Co., Ph.-2224235; Jain Brothers; Madan Book House.

RAJASTHAN: Jaipur: Allied Informatics, Ph.- 0141-2701870; India Book House., Ph.-2314983, 2311191; Raj Book & SubscriptionAgency, Ph.-25638260; Raj Pustak Mandir, Ph.-246098; Jodhpur: Education Gallery, Ph.-0291-22635008; Rajasthan Granthaghar,Ph.-2623933; Udaipur: The Arya Book Center, Ph.-3526160.

TAMIL NADU: Chennai: Alpha Books Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-8277090; Asian Books Pvt Ltd, Ph.-28486927/28; Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd.,Ph.-28513519/20, 28524220; Jaico Book Distributors, Ph.-28222653/4582, 28233850; Sri Eswar Books, Ph.-24345902; Tamil Nadu BookHouse, Ph.-28441043; TBH Library Book Suppliers, Ph.-25387156; TBH Publishers & Distributors, Ph.-28524547/53168; UBS Publisher’sDistributors Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-23746222/351; Coimbatore: Book ‘n’ ALL, Ph-9865207765, 0422-6455347; Cheran Book House, Ph.-2396623;Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2390431; Pai & Sons, Ph.-2393024, 5586050; TBH Publishers and Distributors, Ph.-2520491/96; Madurai:Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2340528; Thirunelveli: Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2574801; Tiruchirappalli: Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd.,Ph.-2704418; Uthagamandalam: Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2442546.

UTTAR PRADESH: Agra: Associated Booksellers, Ph.- 4008061, 09897877556; Allahabad: A.H.Wheelar & Co. Pvt. Ltd.,Ph.-2624106; Tripathi Book Distributors, Ph.-2561162; Prayag Pustak Bhawan, Ph.-2461505; Bareilly: Prakash Book Dept Ph.- 09897603670;Bansal Book Depot, Ph.- 09412187915, 9837164484; Ghaziabad: Jagdamba Book Depot, Ph.-2756063; S.R. Book Distributors, Ph.-2862020;Gorakhpur: Viddyarthi Pustak Mandir, Ph.-2335002; Kanpur: Universal Book Stall; Lucknow: Allied Publisher Pvt. Ltd, Ph.-2614253,2201341; Book International, Ph.-9415010787,0522-2333960; International Book Distributing Co., Ph.-2450004/7; New Books & BooksAgencies, Ph.-2281417; New Royal Book Company, Ph.-2285607; UBS Publisher & Distributer Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2294134, 2615258; UniversalBook Distributing Company, Ph.-2374909; Universal Book Sellers, Ph.-2625894; Useful Book Service, Ph.-2380063, 2346805, 9415017416;Jaico Publishing House, Ph.-0522-4010788; Meerut: Loyal Book Depot., Ph.-2643623,2666235; Savera Book Distributors, Ph.-2700304;A R Enterprises, Ph.-9837099092; Varanasi: Ganga Saran & Grand Sons, Ph.-2412425.

UTTARAKHAND: Dehradun: Book World, Ph.-2655845/8793; Bhatt Brothers, Ph.-9410277677, 9759284207. Roorkee: JogindraBook Depot, Ph.- 09897138483; India Book Emporium.

WEST BENGAL: Kolkata: Asian Books, Ph.-22363040/9899; Bharati Bhawan (P&D), Ph.-22258836, 22151559; Jaico PublishingHouse, Ph.-23600542/3; UBS Publishers & Distributors, Ph.-22529473/1821; Paragon

NEPAL: Kathmandu: Ekta Books Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Ph.- 260862.

PAKISTAN: Paramount Book Distributors, Ph.-2721-4236692.

UK & EUROPE: Motilal (UK) Books of India, Ph.- +44 (0) 1727761677

* All books in this Catalog can also be ordered through your local booksellers.In case of any difficulty, please contact Mr Suresh at 011-47144444

Page 91: Excel Catalog 2010

91

The University of KwaZulu-Natal (UKZN), created through the merger of the erstwhile (white) University of Natal (UN) and the (Indian)University of Durban Westville (UDW), is one of the first sets of institutions to be merged in South Africa.

This book is an attempt to reflect on and record the challenges involved in creating a new institution. It provides an invaluable insight intothe mechanics and challenges of the institutional restructuring process in all its complexity. It is an important contribution to the comparativeliterature on education policy, in general, and restructuring of higher education, in particular. This book would form an authoritative anduseful reference framework for transformation initiatives that are yet to emerge in a rapidly changing and developing country.

internationaltitle

The Creation of theUniversity of KwaZulu-Natal

Reflections on a Merger and Transformation Experience

“There is little doubt that this book, reflecting on the dynamics, challenges, strategies and solutions that characterised the historical feat of merging these [two]institutions, will form an authoritative and useful reference framework for transformation initiatives that are yet to emerge in our rapidly changing anddeveloping country.”

Dr Vincent MaphaiUniversity of KwaZulu-Natal Chair of Council (2004 - 2007)

“The UKZN merger was the most studied of all mergers in South Africa.”Professor Mbudzeni Sibara

Former Head of the Department of Education Merger Unit

“All of us who have the interest of higher education at heart, welcome the way in which the merger [of the University of KwaZulu-Natal] has been handled.”Kader Asmal

Professor Extraordinary, University of the Western Cape,Minister of Education (1999 - 2004)

EDITED BYMALEGAPURU W. MAKGOBAandJOHN C. MUBANGIZI

$ 35ISBN: 978-81-7446-841-3

Page 92: Excel Catalog 2010

92

R R GAURR SANGALG P BAGARIA

A Foundation Course inHuman Values and Professional EthicsPresenting a universal approach to valueeducation – through self-exploration

2009 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 175ISBN: 978-81-7446-781-2 / 71/4x91/2

Management

V S P RAO, Sri Venkateshwara College, DelhiUniversityV HARI KRISHNA

text and cases

2002 / 966 Pages / PB / Rs. 320ISBN: 81-7446-317-8 / 71/4x91/2

Environmental ManagementN K UBEROI

second edition

Recommended book in the UGC syllabus

2003 / 424 Pages / PB / Rs. 310ISBN: 81-7446-340-2 / 71/4x91/2

Human Resource Managementsecond edition

text and casesV S P RAO

2005 / 710 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 81-7446-448-4 / 81/4x11

Indian ContextTAPAN K PANDA, Professor, Marketing, IndianInstitute of Management, Indore

Student CD Included

second edition

text and cases

2006 / 750 Pages / PB / Rs. 350ISBN: 81-7446-548-0 / 81/4x11

Advertising and Sales Promotionthird edition

S H H KAZMI, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan

SATISH K BATRA, University of Rajasthan

2008 / 658 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 978-81-7446-639-6 / 71/4x91/2

Fundamentals of InformationTechnology

third edition

DEEPAK BHARIHOKE, Perot Systems Ltd.

2006 / 654 Pages / PB / Rs. 275ISBN: 81-7446-481-6 / 71/4x91/2

best sellingtitles

Instructor Manual Available

Marketing Management

Foundations of ITDHIRAJ SHARMA, Assistant Professor and Head,Department of Management, Regional Institute ofManagement & Technology, Gobindgarh City,Punjab.

2008 / 492 Pages / PB / Rs. 295ISBN: 978-81-7446-589-4 / 81/4x11

Financial Accountinga managerial emphasis

ASHOK BANERJEE, Professor, Finance andControl, Indian Institute of Management,Kolkata

third edition

Business Lawthird edition

S S GULSHAN, Former Principal, College ofBusiness Studies, Delhi University

Instructor Manual Available

Instructor Manual Available

Instructor Manual Available

2006 / 740 Pages / PB / Rs. 325ISBN: 81-7446-482-4 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

Instructor Manual Available

Instructor Manual Available

Services Marketing

RAVI SHANKER, Indian Institute of ForeignTrade, New Delhi

the Indian perspective

Text & Readings

2009 / 794 Pages / PB / Rs. 360ISBN: 978-81-7446-743-0 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available

2002 / 650 Pages / 71/2x91/2

HB / Rs. 650 / ISBN: 81-7446-270-8PB / Rs. 325 / ISBN: 81-7446-267-8

Instructor Manual Available

Instructor Manual Available

Instructor Manual Available